<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rdf:RDF xmlns="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/"
 xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
 xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
 xmlns:cc="http://web.resource.org/cc/"
 xmlns:prism="http://prismstandard.org/namespaces/basic/2.0/"
 xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
 xmlns:admin="http://webns.net/mvcb/"
 xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/">
    <channel rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/rss/journal/standards">
		<title>Standards</title>
		<description>Latest open access articles published in Standards at https://www.mdpi.com/journal/standards</description>
		<link>https://www.mdpi.com/journal/standards</link>
		<admin:generatorAgent rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/journal/standards"/>
		<admin:errorReportsTo rdf:resource="mailto:support@mdpi.com"/>
		<dc:publisher>MDPI</dc:publisher>
		<dc:language>en</dc:language>
		<dc:rights>Creative Commons Attribution (CC-BY)</dc:rights>
						<prism:copyright>MDPI</prism:copyright>
		<prism:rightsAgent>support@mdpi.com</prism:rightsAgent>
		<image rdf:resource="https://pub.mdpi-res.com/img/design/mdpi-pub-logo.png?13cf3b5bd783e021?1778581344"/>
				<items>
			<rdf:Seq>
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/20" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/19" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/18" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/17" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/16" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/15" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/14" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/13" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/12" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/11" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/10" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/9" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/8" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/7" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/6" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/5" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/4" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/3" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/2" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/1" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/34" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/33" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/32" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/31" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/30" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/29" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/28" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/27" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/26" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/25" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/24" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/23" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/22" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/21" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/20" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/19" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/18" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/17" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/16" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/15" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/14" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/13" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/12" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/11" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/10" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/9" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/8" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/7" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/6" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/5" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/4" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/3" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/2" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/1" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/14" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/13" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/12" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/11" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/10" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/9" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/8" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/7" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/6" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/5" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/4" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/3" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/2" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/1" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/28" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/27" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/26" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/25" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/24" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/23" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/22" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/21" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/20" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/19" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/18" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/17" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/16" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/15" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/14" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/13" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/12" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/11" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/10" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/9" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/8" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/7" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/6" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/5" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/4" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/3" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/2" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/1" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/35" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/34" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/33" />
            				<rdf:li rdf:resource="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/32" />
                    	</rdf:Seq>
		</items>
				<cc:license rdf:resource="https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/" />
	</channel>

        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/20">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 20: Toward a Standards Framework for Hybrid Intelligence Governance: Integrating Human Judgment and AI Decision Support</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/20</link>
	<description>The rapid integration of artificial intelligence into private and public-sector decision-making has outpaced the development of standards governing the interaction between human judgment and machine intelligence. Existing frameworks&amp;amp;mdash;the EU AI Act Regulation, the NIST AI Risk Management Framework, and ISO/IEC 42001&amp;amp;mdash;regulate AI systems as discrete technical artifacts but do not standardize the hybrid intelligence configurations in which human cognition and algorithmic outputs jointly produce governance decisions. This paper proposes a three-layer standards framework comprising technical interoperability standards governing how AI outputs are communicated to human decision-makers, procedural standards governing human-AI task allocation and escalation protocols, and accountability standards governing responsibility attribution in distributed decision configurations. The framework is grounded in the Quadruple Bottom Line (QBL), which adds governance as a fourth sustainability dimension. To move beyond a purely conceptual contribution, the paper provides operationalization tools&amp;amp;mdash;including a role allocation matrix, confidence calibration thresholds, an accountability mapping template, and a domain classification schema&amp;amp;mdash;and proposes a three-tier conformity assessment methodology for evaluating framework implementation. By establishing the hybrid human&amp;amp;ndash;AI decision configuration as the unit of standardization, the paper introduces a governance architecture that enables operational, auditable, and comparable hybrid intelligence systems.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-05-08</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 20: Toward a Standards Framework for Hybrid Intelligence Governance: Integrating Human Judgment and AI Decision Support</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/20">doi: 10.3390/standards6020020</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Haris Alibašić
		</p>
	<p>The rapid integration of artificial intelligence into private and public-sector decision-making has outpaced the development of standards governing the interaction between human judgment and machine intelligence. Existing frameworks&amp;amp;mdash;the EU AI Act Regulation, the NIST AI Risk Management Framework, and ISO/IEC 42001&amp;amp;mdash;regulate AI systems as discrete technical artifacts but do not standardize the hybrid intelligence configurations in which human cognition and algorithmic outputs jointly produce governance decisions. This paper proposes a three-layer standards framework comprising technical interoperability standards governing how AI outputs are communicated to human decision-makers, procedural standards governing human-AI task allocation and escalation protocols, and accountability standards governing responsibility attribution in distributed decision configurations. The framework is grounded in the Quadruple Bottom Line (QBL), which adds governance as a fourth sustainability dimension. To move beyond a purely conceptual contribution, the paper provides operationalization tools&amp;amp;mdash;including a role allocation matrix, confidence calibration thresholds, an accountability mapping template, and a domain classification schema&amp;amp;mdash;and proposes a three-tier conformity assessment methodology for evaluating framework implementation. By establishing the hybrid human&amp;amp;ndash;AI decision configuration as the unit of standardization, the paper introduces a governance architecture that enables operational, auditable, and comparable hybrid intelligence systems.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Toward a Standards Framework for Hybrid Intelligence Governance: Integrating Human Judgment and AI Decision Support</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Haris Alibašić</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020020</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-05-08</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-05-08</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>20</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020020</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/20</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/19">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 19: Arc-Flash Hazards: Standards Development Framework in Facilities of National Importance in Healthcare and Data Centers</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/19</link>
	<description>Electrical power utilities use a methodology to smartly limit exposure to potential arc-flash hazards at the electrical-service-entrance gear. In modern industries and residential facilities, service voltages are low but pose a threat to individuals&amp;amp;rsquo; safety, especially in industrial facilities where the low voltage is higher than residential voltages. This research proposes a standards development and implementation method for an artificial intelligence (AI)-based framework to plan arc-flash hazard labeling by calculating fault currents at the service entrance using field conditions and design considerations. One case study of a residential home operating at 440 V, three-phase, 100 A, and another study of a manufacturing facility with a 480 V, three-phase, 1200 A system were used as the basis for determining the data collection. Nonetheless, the need for personal protective equipment when working on energized electrical gear is hampered by the level of arc-flash hazard; the foreman often works on energized gear to limit outage time for the end customer. Therefore, this research model, derived from types of facilities prone to failure points, can be implemented in the real world to increase the safety of electricians in facilities serving healthcare and data centers of national importance. Life safety will be limited to about 37% of fatalities reported in 2023 due to electrical hazards alone, using standards frameworks for arc-flash safety as proposed in this paper.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-05-08</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 19: Arc-Flash Hazards: Standards Development Framework in Facilities of National Importance in Healthcare and Data Centers</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/19">doi: 10.3390/standards6020019</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Pravin Sankhwar
		Khushabu Sankhwar
		</p>
	<p>Electrical power utilities use a methodology to smartly limit exposure to potential arc-flash hazards at the electrical-service-entrance gear. In modern industries and residential facilities, service voltages are low but pose a threat to individuals&amp;amp;rsquo; safety, especially in industrial facilities where the low voltage is higher than residential voltages. This research proposes a standards development and implementation method for an artificial intelligence (AI)-based framework to plan arc-flash hazard labeling by calculating fault currents at the service entrance using field conditions and design considerations. One case study of a residential home operating at 440 V, three-phase, 100 A, and another study of a manufacturing facility with a 480 V, three-phase, 1200 A system were used as the basis for determining the data collection. Nonetheless, the need for personal protective equipment when working on energized electrical gear is hampered by the level of arc-flash hazard; the foreman often works on energized gear to limit outage time for the end customer. Therefore, this research model, derived from types of facilities prone to failure points, can be implemented in the real world to increase the safety of electricians in facilities serving healthcare and data centers of national importance. Life safety will be limited to about 37% of fatalities reported in 2023 due to electrical hazards alone, using standards frameworks for arc-flash safety as proposed in this paper.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Arc-Flash Hazards: Standards Development Framework in Facilities of National Importance in Healthcare and Data Centers</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Pravin Sankhwar</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Khushabu Sankhwar</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020019</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-05-08</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-05-08</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>19</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020019</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/19</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/18">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 18: Fiscal Gaps and Private Capital: A Municipal-Level Analysis of Germany&amp;rsquo;s Educational Infrastructure Crisis</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/18</link>
	<description>Germany&amp;amp;rsquo;s global competitiveness, historically rooted in its high-quality education system, is threatened by a severe investment backlog in its public-school infrastructure. While national estimates of this deficit are substantial, the literature lacks a granular empirical analysis at the municipal level, where fiscal responsibility for these assets primarily lies. This study provides an exploratory municipal level analysis of school infrastructure investment gaps using evidence from n = 30 large municipalities in North Rhine Westphalia (NRW), Germany. Using a mixed methods approach, we conduct a cross-sectional analysis integrating demographic, fiscal, and real estate data and introduce a composite &amp;amp;ldquo;Need Score&amp;amp;rdquo; to identify high need municipalities. The analysis identifies associations between investment backlogs and selected demographic, fiscal, and institutional indicators and evaluates the financial feasibility&amp;amp;mdash;but not the causal necessity&amp;amp;mdash;of private capital participation in educational infrastructure. Our findings reveal a profound structural underfunding, with planned municipal investments covering less than 10% of the estimated backlog. The backlog is weakly correlated with GDP growth but not significantly predicted by other common socio-economic indicators, highlighting the limitations of macro-level diagnostics. Conversely, a higher share of private school enrolment is significantly associated with a lower public investment backlog (r = &amp;amp;minus;0.51, p &amp;amp;lt; 0.05). A detailed financial case study demonstrates that investments in educational real estate can deliver stable, positive returns (IRR of 4.5&amp;amp;ndash;19.8%), under specific contractual assumptions. The paper concludes by discussing the conditions under which private capital may constitute a viable component of educational infrastructure provision within appropriate governance frameworks.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-05-06</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 18: Fiscal Gaps and Private Capital: A Municipal-Level Analysis of Germany&amp;rsquo;s Educational Infrastructure Crisis</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/18">doi: 10.3390/standards6020018</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Kathrin Hülshörster
		Alfonso Valero
		David C. Hieronymi
		</p>
	<p>Germany&amp;amp;rsquo;s global competitiveness, historically rooted in its high-quality education system, is threatened by a severe investment backlog in its public-school infrastructure. While national estimates of this deficit are substantial, the literature lacks a granular empirical analysis at the municipal level, where fiscal responsibility for these assets primarily lies. This study provides an exploratory municipal level analysis of school infrastructure investment gaps using evidence from n = 30 large municipalities in North Rhine Westphalia (NRW), Germany. Using a mixed methods approach, we conduct a cross-sectional analysis integrating demographic, fiscal, and real estate data and introduce a composite &amp;amp;ldquo;Need Score&amp;amp;rdquo; to identify high need municipalities. The analysis identifies associations between investment backlogs and selected demographic, fiscal, and institutional indicators and evaluates the financial feasibility&amp;amp;mdash;but not the causal necessity&amp;amp;mdash;of private capital participation in educational infrastructure. Our findings reveal a profound structural underfunding, with planned municipal investments covering less than 10% of the estimated backlog. The backlog is weakly correlated with GDP growth but not significantly predicted by other common socio-economic indicators, highlighting the limitations of macro-level diagnostics. Conversely, a higher share of private school enrolment is significantly associated with a lower public investment backlog (r = &amp;amp;minus;0.51, p &amp;amp;lt; 0.05). A detailed financial case study demonstrates that investments in educational real estate can deliver stable, positive returns (IRR of 4.5&amp;amp;ndash;19.8%), under specific contractual assumptions. The paper concludes by discussing the conditions under which private capital may constitute a viable component of educational infrastructure provision within appropriate governance frameworks.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Fiscal Gaps and Private Capital: A Municipal-Level Analysis of Germany&amp;amp;rsquo;s Educational Infrastructure Crisis</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Kathrin Hülshörster</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Alfonso Valero</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>David C. Hieronymi</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020018</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-05-06</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-05-06</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>18</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020018</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/18</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/17">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 17: Role of the Indian Construction Industry in Advancing the Sustainable Development Goals of the Country</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/17</link>
	<description>The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are referred to as a roadmap to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all people and the planet as a whole by 2030. Attaining these goals requires a multifaceted approach that integrates social development, economic growth, and environmental protection. The construction industry plays a crucial role in all three areas. This paper provides an overview of the SDGs and outlines the specific ways in which the construction industry can contribute to achieving all 17 goals. The progress made by India in achieving the SDGs over time is examined by analyzing the SDG index, SDG dashboard, and trends. India is ranked 99th out of 167 in the SDG index in 2025. From this position, to achieve the SDGs within the timeframe, India has to make rapid progress and has to focus on multiple fronts, including its construction sector. Despite some progress in the right direction, the Indian construction industry still faces significant challenges in fully aligning with the SDGs. For instance, India&amp;amp;rsquo;s green building footprint is around 954 million m2, compared to China&amp;amp;rsquo;s 8.5 billion m2, despite comparable population sizes. Persistent challenges include the unavailability of sufficient skilled manpower, scarcity of advanced construction equipment, highly uneven demand across geographical regions, lack of enforcement, over-reliance on fossil fuels, gender inequality, and inadequate research funding, among others. This paper provides an in-depth examination of the obstacles hindering the efforts of the Indian construction sector to meet the SDGs and explores the necessary course corrections to address these challenges.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-05-03</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 17: Role of the Indian Construction Industry in Advancing the Sustainable Development Goals of the Country</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/17">doi: 10.3390/standards6020017</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Tanmoy Konar
		</p>
	<p>The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are referred to as a roadmap to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all people and the planet as a whole by 2030. Attaining these goals requires a multifaceted approach that integrates social development, economic growth, and environmental protection. The construction industry plays a crucial role in all three areas. This paper provides an overview of the SDGs and outlines the specific ways in which the construction industry can contribute to achieving all 17 goals. The progress made by India in achieving the SDGs over time is examined by analyzing the SDG index, SDG dashboard, and trends. India is ranked 99th out of 167 in the SDG index in 2025. From this position, to achieve the SDGs within the timeframe, India has to make rapid progress and has to focus on multiple fronts, including its construction sector. Despite some progress in the right direction, the Indian construction industry still faces significant challenges in fully aligning with the SDGs. For instance, India&amp;amp;rsquo;s green building footprint is around 954 million m2, compared to China&amp;amp;rsquo;s 8.5 billion m2, despite comparable population sizes. Persistent challenges include the unavailability of sufficient skilled manpower, scarcity of advanced construction equipment, highly uneven demand across geographical regions, lack of enforcement, over-reliance on fossil fuels, gender inequality, and inadequate research funding, among others. This paper provides an in-depth examination of the obstacles hindering the efforts of the Indian construction sector to meet the SDGs and explores the necessary course corrections to address these challenges.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Role of the Indian Construction Industry in Advancing the Sustainable Development Goals of the Country</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Tanmoy Konar</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020017</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-05-03</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-05-03</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>17</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020017</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/17</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/16">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 16: ISO 16000-8 and Ventilation Performance: A Critical Review</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/16</link>
	<description>Standard 16000-8 of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO 16000-8) specifies the assessment of ventilation performance using age-of-air concepts and tracer gas techniques. Since its publication in 2007, ventilation systems and assessment practices have evolved considerably, driven by increased use of mixed-mode and decentralized ventilation and advances in modeling and measurement technologies. This review examines how ISO 16000-8 can be modernized to harmonize with adjacent ventilation and indoor air quality standards while remaining applicable to contemporary systems and emerging approaches. A structured literature search of Web of Science and Google Scholar identified 76 studies (2007&amp;amp;ndash;2026) that engage with ISO 16000-8, age-of-air metrics, or tracer gas-based assessment. The literature was synthesized qualitatively using the framework of Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA), classifying studies into performance assessment, measurement&amp;amp;ndash;simulation convergence, and standardization discourse. The synthesis shows that while the conceptual foundations of ISO 16000-8 remain valid, assumptions of homogeneous mixing and steady-state conditions are often violated in real buildings, leading to inconsistent application of age-of-air indicators. Field and laboratory studies under point-source conditions demonstrate reduced ventilation effectiveness of 0.73&amp;amp;ndash;0.82 in classrooms and 0.5&amp;amp;ndash;1.4 in various indoor environments, instead of &amp;amp;asymp;1 for perfect mixing. Spatial heterogeneity is also observed in mixed-mode systems, with an efficiency around 0.5. In decentralized and fa&amp;amp;ccedil;ade-integrated systems, air exchange effectiveness deviates from theoretical expectations, indicating inhomogeneous air renewal and short-circuiting. Field measurements show configuration-dependent discrepancies in air exchange rates (e.g., carbon dioxide vs. perfluorocarbon tracer methods under varying door positions), while wind induces time-varying infiltration. Collectively, the literature demonstrates systematic violations of well-mixed and steady-state assumptions underpinning ISO 16000-8. Fragmentation between ventilation performance standards and indoor air quality regulation limits practical uptake. Emerging experimental, numerical, and data-driven methods complement ISO 16000-8, provided applicability domains and uncertainties are addressed. The review concludes that ISO 16000-8 should be modernized toward a harmonized, performance-based framework integrating diverse ventilation systems and assessment technologies.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-04-20</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 16: ISO 16000-8 and Ventilation Performance: A Critical Review</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/16">doi: 10.3390/standards6020016</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Sascha Nehr
		Julia Hurraß
		</p>
	<p>Standard 16000-8 of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO 16000-8) specifies the assessment of ventilation performance using age-of-air concepts and tracer gas techniques. Since its publication in 2007, ventilation systems and assessment practices have evolved considerably, driven by increased use of mixed-mode and decentralized ventilation and advances in modeling and measurement technologies. This review examines how ISO 16000-8 can be modernized to harmonize with adjacent ventilation and indoor air quality standards while remaining applicable to contemporary systems and emerging approaches. A structured literature search of Web of Science and Google Scholar identified 76 studies (2007&amp;amp;ndash;2026) that engage with ISO 16000-8, age-of-air metrics, or tracer gas-based assessment. The literature was synthesized qualitatively using the framework of Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA), classifying studies into performance assessment, measurement&amp;amp;ndash;simulation convergence, and standardization discourse. The synthesis shows that while the conceptual foundations of ISO 16000-8 remain valid, assumptions of homogeneous mixing and steady-state conditions are often violated in real buildings, leading to inconsistent application of age-of-air indicators. Field and laboratory studies under point-source conditions demonstrate reduced ventilation effectiveness of 0.73&amp;amp;ndash;0.82 in classrooms and 0.5&amp;amp;ndash;1.4 in various indoor environments, instead of &amp;amp;asymp;1 for perfect mixing. Spatial heterogeneity is also observed in mixed-mode systems, with an efficiency around 0.5. In decentralized and fa&amp;amp;ccedil;ade-integrated systems, air exchange effectiveness deviates from theoretical expectations, indicating inhomogeneous air renewal and short-circuiting. Field measurements show configuration-dependent discrepancies in air exchange rates (e.g., carbon dioxide vs. perfluorocarbon tracer methods under varying door positions), while wind induces time-varying infiltration. Collectively, the literature demonstrates systematic violations of well-mixed and steady-state assumptions underpinning ISO 16000-8. Fragmentation between ventilation performance standards and indoor air quality regulation limits practical uptake. Emerging experimental, numerical, and data-driven methods complement ISO 16000-8, provided applicability domains and uncertainties are addressed. The review concludes that ISO 16000-8 should be modernized toward a harmonized, performance-based framework integrating diverse ventilation systems and assessment technologies.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>ISO 16000-8 and Ventilation Performance: A Critical Review</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Sascha Nehr</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Julia Hurraß</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020016</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-04-20</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-04-20</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>16</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020016</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/16</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/15">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 15: Combined Factors Influencing the Severity of Elderly-Pedestrian Crashes in Local Areas of Korea Using Classification and Regression Trees and Sensitivity Analysis</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/15</link>
	<description>This study investigated injury severity in 18,528 police-reported vehicle-to-pedestrian crashes involving elderly pedestrians in legally classified local areas of South Korea during 2012&amp;amp;ndash;2021. Injury severity was coded into four ordered categories: fatal, serious, minor, and reported injury. To stabilize scenario extraction from a categorical crash database, an integrated screening workflow was applied, including near-zero-variance filtering, redundancy control among overlapping roadway encodings, representative-variable selection within redundant groups, and chi-square association checks. Classification and regression tree (CART) modeling was then used to identify rule-based combinations of environmental, roadway, driver, pedestrian, and vehicle factors associated with elevated severity, while tree complexity was controlled through cost-complexity pruning and 10-fold cross-validation. A scenario-based sensitivity analysis was further conducted to evaluate counterfactual shifts in severity distributions under targeted control of key conditions within representative high-risk scenarios. The results showed that severe outcomes were concentrated in stacked-risk combinations rather than in single factors alone. A dominant pathway involved nighttime conditions combined with maneuver-related driving contexts and speeding-related violations. High-fatality scenarios persisted even when speed-related predictors were excluded, underscoring the roles of nighttime exposure, visibility limitations, conflict-prone roadway settings, heavy-vehicle involvement, and pedestrian exposure behaviors. The proposed framework translates administrative crash records into concise, operationally interpretable scenarios and intervention-relevant evidence for local-area safety.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-04-10</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 15: Combined Factors Influencing the Severity of Elderly-Pedestrian Crashes in Local Areas of Korea Using Classification and Regression Trees and Sensitivity Analysis</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/15">doi: 10.3390/standards6020015</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Dong-youn Lee
		Ho-jun Yoo
		</p>
	<p>This study investigated injury severity in 18,528 police-reported vehicle-to-pedestrian crashes involving elderly pedestrians in legally classified local areas of South Korea during 2012&amp;amp;ndash;2021. Injury severity was coded into four ordered categories: fatal, serious, minor, and reported injury. To stabilize scenario extraction from a categorical crash database, an integrated screening workflow was applied, including near-zero-variance filtering, redundancy control among overlapping roadway encodings, representative-variable selection within redundant groups, and chi-square association checks. Classification and regression tree (CART) modeling was then used to identify rule-based combinations of environmental, roadway, driver, pedestrian, and vehicle factors associated with elevated severity, while tree complexity was controlled through cost-complexity pruning and 10-fold cross-validation. A scenario-based sensitivity analysis was further conducted to evaluate counterfactual shifts in severity distributions under targeted control of key conditions within representative high-risk scenarios. The results showed that severe outcomes were concentrated in stacked-risk combinations rather than in single factors alone. A dominant pathway involved nighttime conditions combined with maneuver-related driving contexts and speeding-related violations. High-fatality scenarios persisted even when speed-related predictors were excluded, underscoring the roles of nighttime exposure, visibility limitations, conflict-prone roadway settings, heavy-vehicle involvement, and pedestrian exposure behaviors. The proposed framework translates administrative crash records into concise, operationally interpretable scenarios and intervention-relevant evidence for local-area safety.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Combined Factors Influencing the Severity of Elderly-Pedestrian Crashes in Local Areas of Korea Using Classification and Regression Trees and Sensitivity Analysis</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Dong-youn Lee</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ho-jun Yoo</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020015</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-04-10</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-04-10</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>15</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020015</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/15</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/14">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 14: Post-Document Science: From Static Narratives to Intelligent Objects</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/14</link>
	<description>Scientific publishing is currently constrained by an unstructured narrative bottleneck paradigm, which increasingly diverges from the scale, complexity, and computational nature of modern research. Despite rapid advancements in data generation and analysis, scientific knowledge is predominantly disseminated as static narrative artifacts, thereby limiting reproducibility, machine accessibility, and cumulative integration. This study explores how scientific communication can be restructured to facilitate scalable validation and reliable knowledge accumulation. We propose the Object-Oriented Scientific Information paradigm, wherein scientific contributions are represented as executable, machine-interpretable objects that integrate structured data, reproducible methodologies, and formally encoded semantic claims. To operationalize this paradigm, we delineate the architecture of an Autonomous Knowledge Engine, a modular neuro-symbolic system that combines domain-specialized Mixture-of-Experts routing, formal verification of claims, and an information-theoretic filter based on marginal information gain. This architecture enables continuous validation, redundancy control, and the integration of scientific contributions within an active knowledge graph. The analysis demonstrates that Object-Oriented Scientific Information (OOSI) and Autonomous Knowledge Engine (AKE) fundamentally differ from existing document-based, executable, and semantic publishing models by shifting epistemic control from narrative evaluation to computational verification. We conclude that transitioning toward a computable scientific record is essential for sustaining reliable and self-correcting science in the context of accelerating knowledge production.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-04-03</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 14: Post-Document Science: From Static Narratives to Intelligent Objects</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/14">doi: 10.3390/standards6020014</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Mehmet Fırat
		</p>
	<p>Scientific publishing is currently constrained by an unstructured narrative bottleneck paradigm, which increasingly diverges from the scale, complexity, and computational nature of modern research. Despite rapid advancements in data generation and analysis, scientific knowledge is predominantly disseminated as static narrative artifacts, thereby limiting reproducibility, machine accessibility, and cumulative integration. This study explores how scientific communication can be restructured to facilitate scalable validation and reliable knowledge accumulation. We propose the Object-Oriented Scientific Information paradigm, wherein scientific contributions are represented as executable, machine-interpretable objects that integrate structured data, reproducible methodologies, and formally encoded semantic claims. To operationalize this paradigm, we delineate the architecture of an Autonomous Knowledge Engine, a modular neuro-symbolic system that combines domain-specialized Mixture-of-Experts routing, formal verification of claims, and an information-theoretic filter based on marginal information gain. This architecture enables continuous validation, redundancy control, and the integration of scientific contributions within an active knowledge graph. The analysis demonstrates that Object-Oriented Scientific Information (OOSI) and Autonomous Knowledge Engine (AKE) fundamentally differ from existing document-based, executable, and semantic publishing models by shifting epistemic control from narrative evaluation to computational verification. We conclude that transitioning toward a computable scientific record is essential for sustaining reliable and self-correcting science in the context of accelerating knowledge production.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Post-Document Science: From Static Narratives to Intelligent Objects</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Mehmet Fırat</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020014</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-04-03</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-04-03</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Perspective</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>14</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020014</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/14</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/13">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 13: From Pipettes to p-Values: A Framework for Companion Statistical Reporting in Experimental Neuroscience</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/13</link>
	<description>Statistical inference in experimental neuroscience is routinely detached from the experimental record: analytic choices are reported in prose summaries that do not expose the code, assumptions, or decision pathways that produced the results. This detachment limits reproducibility and impairs peer review. Here, we describe the Companion Statistical Report (CSR), a structured, versioned document format designed to accompany empirical neuroscience manuscripts as peer-reviewed as a peer-reviewed resource. The CSR integrates data provenance, preprocessing decisions, exploratory analyses, model specifications, assumption diagnostics, inference with effect sizes, and sensitivity analyses into a single executable document, authored in Quarto 1.8 and supporting both R and Python workflows. We provide an open template hosted at on GitHub that implements this format with institutional branding, parameterization, and version tracking. The template was developed by the Bertrand Russell Research Excellence Group (NEC) at the School of Medicine, Rio de Janeiro State University. By making analytic choices auditable and reproducible by design, CSRs are designed to reduce the gap between what neuroscience experiments measure and what published statistics claim, offering a tractable and immediately implementable step toward greater transparency.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-04-01</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 13: From Pipettes to p-Values: A Framework for Companion Statistical Reporting in Experimental Neuroscience</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/13">doi: 10.3390/standards6020013</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Maria Clara Salgado Ramos
		Alex Oliveira da Câmara
		Hercules Rezende Freitas
		</p>
	<p>Statistical inference in experimental neuroscience is routinely detached from the experimental record: analytic choices are reported in prose summaries that do not expose the code, assumptions, or decision pathways that produced the results. This detachment limits reproducibility and impairs peer review. Here, we describe the Companion Statistical Report (CSR), a structured, versioned document format designed to accompany empirical neuroscience manuscripts as peer-reviewed as a peer-reviewed resource. The CSR integrates data provenance, preprocessing decisions, exploratory analyses, model specifications, assumption diagnostics, inference with effect sizes, and sensitivity analyses into a single executable document, authored in Quarto 1.8 and supporting both R and Python workflows. We provide an open template hosted at on GitHub that implements this format with institutional branding, parameterization, and version tracking. The template was developed by the Bertrand Russell Research Excellence Group (NEC) at the School of Medicine, Rio de Janeiro State University. By making analytic choices auditable and reproducible by design, CSRs are designed to reduce the gap between what neuroscience experiments measure and what published statistics claim, offering a tractable and immediately implementable step toward greater transparency.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>From Pipettes to p-Values: A Framework for Companion Statistical Reporting in Experimental Neuroscience</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Maria Clara Salgado Ramos</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Alex Oliveira da Câmara</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Hercules Rezende Freitas</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020013</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-04-01</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-04-01</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Technical Note</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>13</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020013</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/13</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/12">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 12: Review of Integrated Lean Techniques and Ergonomic Analysis to Upgrade Troubleshooting Systems for Process Enhancement</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/12</link>
	<description>Occupational Health and Safety systems, as well as physical Ergonomics, serve a common goal, which is to eliminate safety-related injuries within production systems. The analysis of potential hazards that could compromise the safety of operations&amp;amp;rsquo; employees assists in preventing a high rate of safety-related injuries. Safer processes result in a high output rate and, hence, a profitable business. Focusing on the accuracy of problem solving and failure prediction analysis on new processes could potentially result in zero safety-related injuries, good-quality products, cost reduction, and the elimination of delays within the processes. This research seeks to add more knowledge to the fields of Occupational Health and Safety systems and Total Productive Maintenance by combining lean manufacturing troubleshooting models with Ergonomic analysis, as well as Hazard Identification Risk Analysis, to predict future kaizen projects for businesses. The proposed upgrade to the problem-solving model was developed by evaluating and reviewing the impact of Ergonomic analysis on different production systems. It was found that Ergonomic analysis provides solutions for a more comfortable working environment; hence, the existing troubleshooting model was combined with an Ergonomic exercise. The proposed model is more beneficial to production systems. It could potentially result in zero safety-related injuries, high-quality products, more accurate problem analysis, and more innovation by enabling kaizen projects. The proposed model was applied in the electronics industry, where it resulted in drastic improvements. The old method, which was causing fatigue, was eliminated, and a new machine was designed and prototyped. The new machine assisted the company in this case study in reducing delays, eliminating defects, and reducing costs. Furthermore, the proposed troubleshooting model evaluated an impactful kaizen project, which was the introduction of new technologies that will eliminate the power-up stage.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-04-01</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 12: Review of Integrated Lean Techniques and Ergonomic Analysis to Upgrade Troubleshooting Systems for Process Enhancement</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/12">doi: 10.3390/standards6020012</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Matshidiso Moso
		Oludolapo Akanni Olanrewaju
		</p>
	<p>Occupational Health and Safety systems, as well as physical Ergonomics, serve a common goal, which is to eliminate safety-related injuries within production systems. The analysis of potential hazards that could compromise the safety of operations&amp;amp;rsquo; employees assists in preventing a high rate of safety-related injuries. Safer processes result in a high output rate and, hence, a profitable business. Focusing on the accuracy of problem solving and failure prediction analysis on new processes could potentially result in zero safety-related injuries, good-quality products, cost reduction, and the elimination of delays within the processes. This research seeks to add more knowledge to the fields of Occupational Health and Safety systems and Total Productive Maintenance by combining lean manufacturing troubleshooting models with Ergonomic analysis, as well as Hazard Identification Risk Analysis, to predict future kaizen projects for businesses. The proposed upgrade to the problem-solving model was developed by evaluating and reviewing the impact of Ergonomic analysis on different production systems. It was found that Ergonomic analysis provides solutions for a more comfortable working environment; hence, the existing troubleshooting model was combined with an Ergonomic exercise. The proposed model is more beneficial to production systems. It could potentially result in zero safety-related injuries, high-quality products, more accurate problem analysis, and more innovation by enabling kaizen projects. The proposed model was applied in the electronics industry, where it resulted in drastic improvements. The old method, which was causing fatigue, was eliminated, and a new machine was designed and prototyped. The new machine assisted the company in this case study in reducing delays, eliminating defects, and reducing costs. Furthermore, the proposed troubleshooting model evaluated an impactful kaizen project, which was the introduction of new technologies that will eliminate the power-up stage.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Review of Integrated Lean Techniques and Ergonomic Analysis to Upgrade Troubleshooting Systems for Process Enhancement</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Matshidiso Moso</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Oludolapo Akanni Olanrewaju</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020012</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-04-01</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-04-01</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>12</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020012</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/12</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/11">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 11: Intelligence for Regional Development in Maranh&amp;atilde;o, Brazil: Insights from Logistics Process Management</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/11</link>
	<description>This study analyzes the implementation of Business Intelligence (BI) in logistics process management through a case study of a transportation company in Maranh&amp;amp;atilde;o, Brazil. Using a qualitative documentary approach, the research examines operational data extracted from the company&amp;amp;rsquo;s logistics management system and visualized through Microsoft Power BI dashboards. The results demonstrate that the BI implementation improved operational visibility by enabling real-time cargo monitoring, delivery deadline tracking, and route prioritization. These features enhanced managerial decision-making by allowing logistics managers to identify delays, monitor delivery status, and optimize route planning more efficiently. The dashboards also facilitated communication between departments by providing a centralized visualization of operational indicators. Although quantitative performance metrics prior to implementation were not available, qualitative evidence from system reports and managerial validation indicates significant improvements in logistics monitoring and decision support. Beyond organizational benefits, the study highlights how the adoption of digital analytics tools in logistics can contribute to greater operational resilience and supply chain efficiency in regional economic contexts. The findings provide practical insights into the role of business intelligence in supporting logistics management and improving operational coordination in emerging economies.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-03-24</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 11: Intelligence for Regional Development in Maranh&amp;atilde;o, Brazil: Insights from Logistics Process Management</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/11">doi: 10.3390/standards6020011</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Matheus Fernandes dos Santos Gomes
		Antônio Pereira de Lucena Neto
		Francircley Sampaio Nobre
		Thiago Machado da Silva Acioly
		Diego Carvalho Viana
		Iracema Rocha Silva
		</p>
	<p>This study analyzes the implementation of Business Intelligence (BI) in logistics process management through a case study of a transportation company in Maranh&amp;amp;atilde;o, Brazil. Using a qualitative documentary approach, the research examines operational data extracted from the company&amp;amp;rsquo;s logistics management system and visualized through Microsoft Power BI dashboards. The results demonstrate that the BI implementation improved operational visibility by enabling real-time cargo monitoring, delivery deadline tracking, and route prioritization. These features enhanced managerial decision-making by allowing logistics managers to identify delays, monitor delivery status, and optimize route planning more efficiently. The dashboards also facilitated communication between departments by providing a centralized visualization of operational indicators. Although quantitative performance metrics prior to implementation were not available, qualitative evidence from system reports and managerial validation indicates significant improvements in logistics monitoring and decision support. Beyond organizational benefits, the study highlights how the adoption of digital analytics tools in logistics can contribute to greater operational resilience and supply chain efficiency in regional economic contexts. The findings provide practical insights into the role of business intelligence in supporting logistics management and improving operational coordination in emerging economies.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Intelligence for Regional Development in Maranh&amp;amp;atilde;o, Brazil: Insights from Logistics Process Management</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Matheus Fernandes dos Santos Gomes</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Antônio Pereira de Lucena Neto</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Francircley Sampaio Nobre</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Thiago Machado da Silva Acioly</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Diego Carvalho Viana</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Iracema Rocha Silva</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6020011</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-03-24</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-03-24</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>11</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6020011</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/2/11</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/10">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 10: Citation Inaccuracies and the Need for Multi-Level Oversight in AI-Assisted Medical Writing</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/10</link>
	<description>Generative artificial intelligence (AI)-based large language models (LLMs) are increasingly being used in medical writing to improve efficiency and broaden access to knowledge. However, concerns have emerged regarding the accuracy of the citations they generate. This review discusses the issue of citation inaccuracies in AI-assisted medical writing and its implications for scientific reliability and accountability in academic medicine. Published literature describing citation errors in AI-generated content, particularly in medical and academic contexts, was examined to understand the nature and persistence of this problem and to consider potential safeguards. Reports consistently describe citation inaccuracies, including fabricated references, incorrect bibliographic details, and incomplete source information such as missing authors, journal titles, publication years, or digital object identifiers. Although these tools continue to evolve, such errors remain reported and highlight limitations in their reliability. While LLMs offer clear benefits in supporting medical writing, their outputs require careful verification. As developers continue to address these challenges, responsible use will depend on continued human oversight, improved transparency, greater user awareness, and institutional and policy-level guidance to ensure accurate and trustworthy use of generative AI in medical writing.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-03-20</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 10: Citation Inaccuracies and the Need for Multi-Level Oversight in AI-Assisted Medical Writing</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/10">doi: 10.3390/standards6010010</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Vaikunthan Rajaratnam
		Usama Farghaly Omar
		Kristen Kee
		Arun-Kumar Kaliya-Perumal
		</p>
	<p>Generative artificial intelligence (AI)-based large language models (LLMs) are increasingly being used in medical writing to improve efficiency and broaden access to knowledge. However, concerns have emerged regarding the accuracy of the citations they generate. This review discusses the issue of citation inaccuracies in AI-assisted medical writing and its implications for scientific reliability and accountability in academic medicine. Published literature describing citation errors in AI-generated content, particularly in medical and academic contexts, was examined to understand the nature and persistence of this problem and to consider potential safeguards. Reports consistently describe citation inaccuracies, including fabricated references, incorrect bibliographic details, and incomplete source information such as missing authors, journal titles, publication years, or digital object identifiers. Although these tools continue to evolve, such errors remain reported and highlight limitations in their reliability. While LLMs offer clear benefits in supporting medical writing, their outputs require careful verification. As developers continue to address these challenges, responsible use will depend on continued human oversight, improved transparency, greater user awareness, and institutional and policy-level guidance to ensure accurate and trustworthy use of generative AI in medical writing.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Citation Inaccuracies and the Need for Multi-Level Oversight in AI-Assisted Medical Writing</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Vaikunthan Rajaratnam</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Usama Farghaly Omar</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Kristen Kee</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Arun-Kumar Kaliya-Perumal</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010010</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-03-20</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-03-20</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>10</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010010</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/10</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/9">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 9: Assessment and Standards in Hygienic Design of Food Equipment: A Comprehensive Cross-Industry Review</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/9</link>
	<description>Hygienic design of food processing equipment is essential for maintaining food safety by minimizing contamination risks and ensuring that equipment can be cleaned and sanitized effectively. This comprehensive cross-industry review summarizes currently available standards and guidelines for the hygienic design of food processing equipment and discusses how their qualitative requirements can be translated into practical assessment tools, such as checklists or risk-based approaches to prioritize nonconformities. Differences between wet and low-moisture operations, as well as the particular challenges of packaging and end-of-line equipment, are summarized to illustrate that practical implementation of hygienic design principles must be adapted to sector-specific hazards, processing conditions and cleaning strategies. Outbreaks and product recalls linked to equipment that is difficult to clean or poorly designed are included to show how design limitations can contribute to persistent contamination and food safety incidents.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-03-03</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 9: Assessment and Standards in Hygienic Design of Food Equipment: A Comprehensive Cross-Industry Review</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/9">doi: 10.3390/standards6010009</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Ivana Pejanovic
		Ilija Djekic
		Nemanja Kljajevic
		Nada Smigic
		</p>
	<p>Hygienic design of food processing equipment is essential for maintaining food safety by minimizing contamination risks and ensuring that equipment can be cleaned and sanitized effectively. This comprehensive cross-industry review summarizes currently available standards and guidelines for the hygienic design of food processing equipment and discusses how their qualitative requirements can be translated into practical assessment tools, such as checklists or risk-based approaches to prioritize nonconformities. Differences between wet and low-moisture operations, as well as the particular challenges of packaging and end-of-line equipment, are summarized to illustrate that practical implementation of hygienic design principles must be adapted to sector-specific hazards, processing conditions and cleaning strategies. Outbreaks and product recalls linked to equipment that is difficult to clean or poorly designed are included to show how design limitations can contribute to persistent contamination and food safety incidents.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Assessment and Standards in Hygienic Design of Food Equipment: A Comprehensive Cross-Industry Review</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Ivana Pejanovic</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ilija Djekic</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Nemanja Kljajevic</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Nada Smigic</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010009</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-03-03</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-03-03</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>9</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010009</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/9</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/8">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 8: Standards on Corporate and Public Sustainability Reporting</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/8</link>
	<description>Sustainable development, with its three pillars (environmental, social, and governance, ESG), is crucial for human well-being. Climate change is occurring faster than expected. In 2015, 193 countries signed the United Nations&amp;amp;rsquo; Agenda 2030, which must be achieved by 2030 along with the 17 Sustainable Development Goals. In the PDCA (Plan, Do, Check, Act) cycle, the Check phase is crucial&amp;amp;mdash;sustainability reporting (SR) is essential. This article provides an overview of existing SR standards (SRSs) and their future development but does not conduct a systematic review of the relevant scientific literature on the application of SRSs. The information review methodology shows that SRSs are already well-developed in large companies. The different standards are described, including voluntary ISO (International Organization for Standardization) standards, the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards, the mandatory European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), and the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). National SRSs are often aligned with the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards. Besides the corporate SRSs, public SRSs covering governmental and non-governmental institutions, universities, and associations are described. Public SRSs should be adapted to the needs of public institutions. Finally, the SRSs for individuals and communities is discussed to cover these important parts of humanity. The social and governance sustainability reports could be extended with annual personal or community Carbon or Ecological Footprint reports.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-02-13</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 8: Standards on Corporate and Public Sustainability Reporting</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/8">doi: 10.3390/standards6010008</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Peter Glavič
		</p>
	<p>Sustainable development, with its three pillars (environmental, social, and governance, ESG), is crucial for human well-being. Climate change is occurring faster than expected. In 2015, 193 countries signed the United Nations&amp;amp;rsquo; Agenda 2030, which must be achieved by 2030 along with the 17 Sustainable Development Goals. In the PDCA (Plan, Do, Check, Act) cycle, the Check phase is crucial&amp;amp;mdash;sustainability reporting (SR) is essential. This article provides an overview of existing SR standards (SRSs) and their future development but does not conduct a systematic review of the relevant scientific literature on the application of SRSs. The information review methodology shows that SRSs are already well-developed in large companies. The different standards are described, including voluntary ISO (International Organization for Standardization) standards, the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards, the mandatory European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), and the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). National SRSs are often aligned with the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards. Besides the corporate SRSs, public SRSs covering governmental and non-governmental institutions, universities, and associations are described. Public SRSs should be adapted to the needs of public institutions. Finally, the SRSs for individuals and communities is discussed to cover these important parts of humanity. The social and governance sustainability reports could be extended with annual personal or community Carbon or Ecological Footprint reports.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Standards on Corporate and Public Sustainability Reporting</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Peter Glavič</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010008</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-02-13</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-02-13</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>8</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010008</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/8</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/7">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 7: Regulatory Innovation and Sustainable Growth Strategies in the Wine Industry: The Case of an Italian Sparkling Wine Designation of Origin</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/7</link>
	<description>In the context of strategies for the promotion of a sustainable wine industry, the utilization of production regulations under the European Geographical Indications system is seldom contemplated. Furthermore, when such texts are considered, the focus is typically on rules for viticulture or winemaking, rather than on articles governing the boundaries of a PDO or PGI. The present study examines the manner in which regulatory innovation, when viewed from a strictly geographical perspective, can promote the sustainable growth of the sparkling wine districts of Franciacorta and Oltrep&amp;amp;ograve; Pavese, which are located in the Italian Lombardy region. Through a comparative analysis of Franciacorta and Oltrep&amp;amp;ograve; Pavese, we explore how regulatory frameworks, land-use constraints, and production capacities interact to shape environmental, social, and economic sustainability. Franciacorta&amp;amp;rsquo;s premium positioning and global reputation are constrained by its limited geographic area, making expansion environmentally and socially challenging. In contrast, Oltrep&amp;amp;ograve; Pavese has substantial production potential, particularly for Pinot Noir-based classic-method sparkling wines but suffers from a fragmented identity and weak market recognition. Benchmarking the Prosecco PDO evolution, we propose a sustainability-oriented growth model integrating multiple territories under harmonized rules, termed &amp;amp;ldquo;Grande Franciacorta&amp;amp;rdquo;. This framework would enable controlled growth, reduce land pressure in high-density areas, enhance regional competitiveness, and support long-term ecological stewardship. This study outlines managerial implications for producers, emphasizing multi-tier product architectures, dynamic capabilities, and coordinated governance mechanisms. Policy recommendations highlight the need for regulatory frameworks that embed sustainability criteria, optimize land use, and consolidate regional reputation to ensure the long-term viability of high-quality sparkling wine production.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-02-05</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 7: Regulatory Innovation and Sustainable Growth Strategies in the Wine Industry: The Case of an Italian Sparkling Wine Designation of Origin</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/7">doi: 10.3390/standards6010007</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Michele Antonio Fino
		Carmine Garzia
		</p>
	<p>In the context of strategies for the promotion of a sustainable wine industry, the utilization of production regulations under the European Geographical Indications system is seldom contemplated. Furthermore, when such texts are considered, the focus is typically on rules for viticulture or winemaking, rather than on articles governing the boundaries of a PDO or PGI. The present study examines the manner in which regulatory innovation, when viewed from a strictly geographical perspective, can promote the sustainable growth of the sparkling wine districts of Franciacorta and Oltrep&amp;amp;ograve; Pavese, which are located in the Italian Lombardy region. Through a comparative analysis of Franciacorta and Oltrep&amp;amp;ograve; Pavese, we explore how regulatory frameworks, land-use constraints, and production capacities interact to shape environmental, social, and economic sustainability. Franciacorta&amp;amp;rsquo;s premium positioning and global reputation are constrained by its limited geographic area, making expansion environmentally and socially challenging. In contrast, Oltrep&amp;amp;ograve; Pavese has substantial production potential, particularly for Pinot Noir-based classic-method sparkling wines but suffers from a fragmented identity and weak market recognition. Benchmarking the Prosecco PDO evolution, we propose a sustainability-oriented growth model integrating multiple territories under harmonized rules, termed &amp;amp;ldquo;Grande Franciacorta&amp;amp;rdquo;. This framework would enable controlled growth, reduce land pressure in high-density areas, enhance regional competitiveness, and support long-term ecological stewardship. This study outlines managerial implications for producers, emphasizing multi-tier product architectures, dynamic capabilities, and coordinated governance mechanisms. Policy recommendations highlight the need for regulatory frameworks that embed sustainability criteria, optimize land use, and consolidate regional reputation to ensure the long-term viability of high-quality sparkling wine production.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Regulatory Innovation and Sustainable Growth Strategies in the Wine Industry: The Case of an Italian Sparkling Wine Designation of Origin</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Michele Antonio Fino</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Carmine Garzia</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010007</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-02-05</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-02-05</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>7</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010007</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/7</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/6">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 6: Navigating Unserved Areas: A Comprehensive Review of Medical Deserts</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/6</link>
	<description>Medical deserts have become an increasingly prominent expression of unequal access to healthcare, yet the literature addressing this phenomenon remains fragmented, with heterogeneous definitions, indicators, and analytical approaches. This narrative review aims to systematize existing evidence by developing and applying a multidimensional typology based on four analytical axes: medical specialty, geography, population vulnerability to threats, and systemic barriers. A narrative review of English-language studies retrieved from Web of Science, PubMed, Scopus, and Google Scholar was conducted and interpreted through this framework. The analysis shows that medical deserts are described across a wide range of clinical fields and territorial contexts, with research concentrating primarily on specialty- and geography-based dimensions. In contrast, population vulnerability and systemic barriers are addressed less consistently and are often treated implicitly rather than as core analytical dimensions. Vulnerable groups and structural determinants of access, including organizational, regulatory, and digital factors, remain underexplored despite their growing relevance. By organizing fragmented evidence into a coherent multidimensional framework, this review clarifies how medical deserts emerge as systemic phenomena and highlights the need for integrated policy responses that move beyond workforce redistribution to address social vulnerability and health system design.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-01-30</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 6: Navigating Unserved Areas: A Comprehensive Review of Medical Deserts</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/6">doi: 10.3390/standards6010006</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Davide Costa
		Nicola Ielapi
		Raffaele Serra
		</p>
	<p>Medical deserts have become an increasingly prominent expression of unequal access to healthcare, yet the literature addressing this phenomenon remains fragmented, with heterogeneous definitions, indicators, and analytical approaches. This narrative review aims to systematize existing evidence by developing and applying a multidimensional typology based on four analytical axes: medical specialty, geography, population vulnerability to threats, and systemic barriers. A narrative review of English-language studies retrieved from Web of Science, PubMed, Scopus, and Google Scholar was conducted and interpreted through this framework. The analysis shows that medical deserts are described across a wide range of clinical fields and territorial contexts, with research concentrating primarily on specialty- and geography-based dimensions. In contrast, population vulnerability and systemic barriers are addressed less consistently and are often treated implicitly rather than as core analytical dimensions. Vulnerable groups and structural determinants of access, including organizational, regulatory, and digital factors, remain underexplored despite their growing relevance. By organizing fragmented evidence into a coherent multidimensional framework, this review clarifies how medical deserts emerge as systemic phenomena and highlights the need for integrated policy responses that move beyond workforce redistribution to address social vulnerability and health system design.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Navigating Unserved Areas: A Comprehensive Review of Medical Deserts</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Davide Costa</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Nicola Ielapi</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Raffaele Serra</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010006</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-01-30</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-01-30</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>6</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010006</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/6</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/5">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 5: Speciation and Mobility of Cr and Ni in Serpentine Rocks and Derived Sediments (Tuscany, Italy)</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/5</link>
	<description>Large outcrops of ophiolites from exposed land surfaces can potentially impact the geochemistry of much greater areas through transport and weathering. Derived soil and sediments contain significant concentrations of heavy metals, including chromium and nickel. In the context of environmental risk analysis, there is a necessity to obtain more information about the distribution of Cr and Ni in serpentine rocks and their derived associated geological matrices, and about how easily Cr could be released and then oxidized in the environment, causing pollution of groundwater. The aim of this study was to evaluate the distribution of Cr and Ni in the geochemical fractions containing Fe and Mn and the role of Fe and Mn oxides (crystalline and non-crystalline) in redox processes leading to the formation of Cr(VI) during serpentine soil weathering. Through the combination of chemical selective sequential extraction (SSE) and X-ray diffraction, solid samples belonging to ophiolitic rocks and their derived soils and sediments in southern Tuscany were investigated. The applied SSE method followed the established extraction scheme commonly used in sequential selective extraction procedures. The extraction was accomplished in seven successive steps, using appropriate reagents to destroy the binding agents between the target metal and the specific soil fraction to release the heavy metals selectively from their structural context. The results indicated significant differences in the availability and mobility of Cr and Ni in soils, with Cr concentrations ranging from 200 to 950 &amp;amp;mu;g/g and Ni from 274 to 665 &amp;amp;mu;g/g in reactive fractions. Cr is tightly bound to well-crystallized Fe-oxides and primary rock-derived phases, whereas Ni is substantially more mobile, being mainly controlled by Mn-oxides and amorphous Fe-oxides. Weakly acidic solutions or systems with high redox potential increase Cr and Ni mobility in the environment due to Fe/Mn hydroxides produced by the weathering of serpentinites. An ORP higher than 1000 mV leads to the formation of Cr(VI) by oxidation of Cr(III), increasing the mobility of Cr in groundwater and the hazard for human health. The analytical activity carried out in this research can be used to identify the potential risk of Cr(VI) release in groundwater from serpentine and derived geomaterials.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-01-27</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 5: Speciation and Mobility of Cr and Ni in Serpentine Rocks and Derived Sediments (Tuscany, Italy)</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/5">doi: 10.3390/standards6010005</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Fabrizio Franceschini
		</p>
	<p>Large outcrops of ophiolites from exposed land surfaces can potentially impact the geochemistry of much greater areas through transport and weathering. Derived soil and sediments contain significant concentrations of heavy metals, including chromium and nickel. In the context of environmental risk analysis, there is a necessity to obtain more information about the distribution of Cr and Ni in serpentine rocks and their derived associated geological matrices, and about how easily Cr could be released and then oxidized in the environment, causing pollution of groundwater. The aim of this study was to evaluate the distribution of Cr and Ni in the geochemical fractions containing Fe and Mn and the role of Fe and Mn oxides (crystalline and non-crystalline) in redox processes leading to the formation of Cr(VI) during serpentine soil weathering. Through the combination of chemical selective sequential extraction (SSE) and X-ray diffraction, solid samples belonging to ophiolitic rocks and their derived soils and sediments in southern Tuscany were investigated. The applied SSE method followed the established extraction scheme commonly used in sequential selective extraction procedures. The extraction was accomplished in seven successive steps, using appropriate reagents to destroy the binding agents between the target metal and the specific soil fraction to release the heavy metals selectively from their structural context. The results indicated significant differences in the availability and mobility of Cr and Ni in soils, with Cr concentrations ranging from 200 to 950 &amp;amp;mu;g/g and Ni from 274 to 665 &amp;amp;mu;g/g in reactive fractions. Cr is tightly bound to well-crystallized Fe-oxides and primary rock-derived phases, whereas Ni is substantially more mobile, being mainly controlled by Mn-oxides and amorphous Fe-oxides. Weakly acidic solutions or systems with high redox potential increase Cr and Ni mobility in the environment due to Fe/Mn hydroxides produced by the weathering of serpentinites. An ORP higher than 1000 mV leads to the formation of Cr(VI) by oxidation of Cr(III), increasing the mobility of Cr in groundwater and the hazard for human health. The analytical activity carried out in this research can be used to identify the potential risk of Cr(VI) release in groundwater from serpentine and derived geomaterials.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Speciation and Mobility of Cr and Ni in Serpentine Rocks and Derived Sediments (Tuscany, Italy)</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Fabrizio Franceschini</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010005</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-01-27</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-01-27</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>5</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010005</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/5</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/4">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 4: Globalization and a Green Computing Policy Framework</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/4</link>
	<description>With globalization rising, much scholarship has presented &amp;amp;ldquo;a race to the bottom&amp;amp;rdquo; regarding standards posing serious environmental concerns. This paper considers the debate of globalization leading to a &amp;amp;ldquo;race to the bottom&amp;amp;rdquo; or, contrastingly, a &amp;amp;ldquo;race to the top.&amp;amp;rdquo; With the growth of information technology and communication, the paper explores existing frameworks to advance green computing in the globalized context. Given a notable void in policy-driven frameworks in the current green computing literature, the paper proposes a comprehensive five-component policy framework to advance green computing, relying on norms and mandates for success. The framework includes the following: 1. Public policy involvement to drive private corporate sustainability. 2. Investment in green technology via government intervention. 3. Industrywide organizations promoting sustainable computing. 4. Proper disposal of computing equipment. 5. Comprehensive industry standards. Ultimately, this framework passionately advocates for the advancement of green computing and encourages further empirical research and evaluation of its respective elements.</description>
	<pubDate>2026-01-20</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 4: Globalization and a Green Computing Policy Framework</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/4">doi: 10.3390/standards6010004</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Ted Peterson
		</p>
	<p>With globalization rising, much scholarship has presented &amp;amp;ldquo;a race to the bottom&amp;amp;rdquo; regarding standards posing serious environmental concerns. This paper considers the debate of globalization leading to a &amp;amp;ldquo;race to the bottom&amp;amp;rdquo; or, contrastingly, a &amp;amp;ldquo;race to the top.&amp;amp;rdquo; With the growth of information technology and communication, the paper explores existing frameworks to advance green computing in the globalized context. Given a notable void in policy-driven frameworks in the current green computing literature, the paper proposes a comprehensive five-component policy framework to advance green computing, relying on norms and mandates for success. The framework includes the following: 1. Public policy involvement to drive private corporate sustainability. 2. Investment in green technology via government intervention. 3. Industrywide organizations promoting sustainable computing. 4. Proper disposal of computing equipment. 5. Comprehensive industry standards. Ultimately, this framework passionately advocates for the advancement of green computing and encourages further empirical research and evaluation of its respective elements.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Globalization and a Green Computing Policy Framework</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Ted Peterson</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010004</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2026-01-20</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2026-01-20</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>4</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010004</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/4</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/3">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 3: A Proposal for a Retrofit Master&amp;rsquo;s Degree in University Education: Bridging the Skill Gap</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/3</link>
	<description>Retrofitting the UK building stock is a key priority due to the importance of achieving sustainability goals, preferably before 2050. This goal will not be achieved without reducing energy consumption and making houses more comfortable, healthier, and cheaper to heat. One of the key challenges of building retrofit is skill shortage. The retrofit industry will need a number of professionals under the roles of retrofit assessors, coordinators, and designers. However, the existing university programmes do not directly produce retrofit professionals. Most construction-related university programmes do not emphasise or introduce retrofits. To address this skill shortage, this paper proposes a master&amp;amp;rsquo;s programme in retrofit, which is directly aimed at producing retrofit professionals. Two specialisations are recommended under the master&amp;amp;rsquo;s programme, namely architectural design and project management, with accreditations from relevant professional bodies. The objective is to produce a market-ready graduate who can be directly employed as a retrofit assessor, coordinator, or designer. Ten syllabuses related to retrofit professional courses were analysed to design the syllabus of the proposed master&amp;amp;rsquo;s programme. The master&amp;amp;rsquo;s programme will help to produce industry-ready retrofit professionals through either physical or online delivery methods.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-12-25</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 3: A Proposal for a Retrofit Master&amp;rsquo;s Degree in University Education: Bridging the Skill Gap</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/3">doi: 10.3390/standards6010003</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Chamara Panakaduwa
		Paul Coates
		Mustapha Munir
		Colin Stuhlfelder
		Harshi Bamunuachchige
		</p>
	<p>Retrofitting the UK building stock is a key priority due to the importance of achieving sustainability goals, preferably before 2050. This goal will not be achieved without reducing energy consumption and making houses more comfortable, healthier, and cheaper to heat. One of the key challenges of building retrofit is skill shortage. The retrofit industry will need a number of professionals under the roles of retrofit assessors, coordinators, and designers. However, the existing university programmes do not directly produce retrofit professionals. Most construction-related university programmes do not emphasise or introduce retrofits. To address this skill shortage, this paper proposes a master&amp;amp;rsquo;s programme in retrofit, which is directly aimed at producing retrofit professionals. Two specialisations are recommended under the master&amp;amp;rsquo;s programme, namely architectural design and project management, with accreditations from relevant professional bodies. The objective is to produce a market-ready graduate who can be directly employed as a retrofit assessor, coordinator, or designer. Ten syllabuses related to retrofit professional courses were analysed to design the syllabus of the proposed master&amp;amp;rsquo;s programme. The master&amp;amp;rsquo;s programme will help to produce industry-ready retrofit professionals through either physical or online delivery methods.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>A Proposal for a Retrofit Master&amp;amp;rsquo;s Degree in University Education: Bridging the Skill Gap</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Chamara Panakaduwa</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Paul Coates</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Mustapha Munir</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Colin Stuhlfelder</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Harshi Bamunuachchige</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010003</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-12-25</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-12-25</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Study Protocol</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>3</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010003</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/3</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/2">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 2: Public Perceptions of Algorithmic Bias and Fairness in Cloud-Based Decision Systems</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/2</link>
	<description>Cloud-based machine learning systems are increasingly used in sectors such as healthcare, finance, and public services, where they influence decisions with significant social consequences. While these technologies offer scalability and efficiency, they raise significant concerns regarding security, privacy, and compliance. One of the central issues is algorithmic bias, which can emerge from data, design choices, or system interactions, and is often amplified when deployed at scale through cloud infrastructures. This study examines the relationship between algorithmic bias, social equity, and cloud-based innovation. Drawing on a survey of public perceptions, we find strong recognition of the risks posed by biased systems, including diminished trust, harm to vulnerable populations, and erosion of fairness. Participants overwhelmingly supported regulatory oversight, developer accountability, and greater transparency in algorithmic decision-making. Building on these findings, this paper proposes measures to integrate fairness auditing, representative datasets, and bias mitigation techniques into cloud security and compliance frameworks. We argue that addressing bias is not only an ethical responsibility but also an essential requirement for safeguarding public trust and meeting evolving legal and regulatory standards.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-12-25</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 2: Public Perceptions of Algorithmic Bias and Fairness in Cloud-Based Decision Systems</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/2">doi: 10.3390/standards6010002</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Amal Alhosban
		Ritik Gaire
		Hassan Al-Ababneh
		</p>
	<p>Cloud-based machine learning systems are increasingly used in sectors such as healthcare, finance, and public services, where they influence decisions with significant social consequences. While these technologies offer scalability and efficiency, they raise significant concerns regarding security, privacy, and compliance. One of the central issues is algorithmic bias, which can emerge from data, design choices, or system interactions, and is often amplified when deployed at scale through cloud infrastructures. This study examines the relationship between algorithmic bias, social equity, and cloud-based innovation. Drawing on a survey of public perceptions, we find strong recognition of the risks posed by biased systems, including diminished trust, harm to vulnerable populations, and erosion of fairness. Participants overwhelmingly supported regulatory oversight, developer accountability, and greater transparency in algorithmic decision-making. Building on these findings, this paper proposes measures to integrate fairness auditing, representative datasets, and bias mitigation techniques into cloud security and compliance frameworks. We argue that addressing bias is not only an ethical responsibility but also an essential requirement for safeguarding public trust and meeting evolving legal and regulatory standards.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Public Perceptions of Algorithmic Bias and Fairness in Cloud-Based Decision Systems</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Amal Alhosban</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ritik Gaire</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Hassan Al-Ababneh</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010002</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-12-25</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-12-25</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>2</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010002</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/2</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/1">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 1: Logistics Performance Assessment in the Ceramic Industry: Applying Pareto Diagram and FMEA to Improve Operational Processes</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/1</link>
	<description>Logistics involves planning and managing resources to meet customer demands. Its effectiveness depends not only on time and process coordination but also on the performance of logistics operators, whose actions directly affect customer satisfaction. Although operational risks are inherent to logistics, customer-oriented service failures are often overlooked in traditional risk assessment. To address this gap, this study proposes an integrated approach that combines a Pareto Diagram and Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA) within the ISO 31000 risk assessment framework. This structured method enables the identification and prioritization of logistics failures based on customer complaints, thereby supporting data-driven decision-making and continuous service improvement. Applied to a real-world case in a ceramic production line specializing in tableware manufacturing, the method identified and evaluated key logistics failures; particularly those related to late deliveries and damaged goods. Based on these findings, improvement actions were proposed to reduce the recurrence of these issues. This study contributes a structured, practical, and replicable approach for organizations to introduce risk assessment practices and enhance the service quality of logistics management. This study advances the literature by shifting the focus from internal production failures to customer-driven service risks, offering strategic insights for improving reliability and operational performance.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-12-24</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 6, Pages 1: Logistics Performance Assessment in the Ceramic Industry: Applying Pareto Diagram and FMEA to Improve Operational Processes</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/1">doi: 10.3390/standards6010001</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Carla Monique dos Santos Cavalcanti
		Claudia Editt Tornero Becerra
		Amanda Duarte Feitosa
		André Philippi Gonzaga de Albuquerque
		Fagner José Coutinho de Melo
		Denise Dumke de Medeiros
		</p>
	<p>Logistics involves planning and managing resources to meet customer demands. Its effectiveness depends not only on time and process coordination but also on the performance of logistics operators, whose actions directly affect customer satisfaction. Although operational risks are inherent to logistics, customer-oriented service failures are often overlooked in traditional risk assessment. To address this gap, this study proposes an integrated approach that combines a Pareto Diagram and Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA) within the ISO 31000 risk assessment framework. This structured method enables the identification and prioritization of logistics failures based on customer complaints, thereby supporting data-driven decision-making and continuous service improvement. Applied to a real-world case in a ceramic production line specializing in tableware manufacturing, the method identified and evaluated key logistics failures; particularly those related to late deliveries and damaged goods. Based on these findings, improvement actions were proposed to reduce the recurrence of these issues. This study contributes a structured, practical, and replicable approach for organizations to introduce risk assessment practices and enhance the service quality of logistics management. This study advances the literature by shifting the focus from internal production failures to customer-driven service risks, offering strategic insights for improving reliability and operational performance.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Logistics Performance Assessment in the Ceramic Industry: Applying Pareto Diagram and FMEA to Improve Operational Processes</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Carla Monique dos Santos Cavalcanti</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Claudia Editt Tornero Becerra</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Amanda Duarte Feitosa</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>André Philippi Gonzaga de Albuquerque</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Fagner José Coutinho de Melo</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Denise Dumke de Medeiros</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards6010001</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-12-24</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-12-24</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>6</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>1</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards6010001</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/6/1/1</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/34">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 34: The New ISO 56000 Family of Standards for Innovation Management</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/34</link>
	<description>Innovation is the engine of today&amp;amp;rsquo;s knowledge economy, providing the primary means by which organizations achieve competitive advantage, adapt to change, and deliver value to stakeholders. While the creative spark of invention is essential, sustainable innovation demands a disciplined process that guides ideas from conception to commercialization and adoption. The ISO 56000 family of standards provides a global framework for systematically managing innovation, culminating in the 2024 publication of ISO 56001, which sets certifiable requirements for innovation management systems. This article explores the evolution, principles, structure, and practical implications of the ISO 56000 family, with a particular focus on the interplay between culture, leadership, digital transformation, and the transformative rise of artificial intelligence (AI).</description>
	<pubDate>2025-12-09</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 34: The New ISO 56000 Family of Standards for Innovation Management</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/34">doi: 10.3390/standards5040034</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Ricardo Fernandez
		William Swart
		</p>
	<p>Innovation is the engine of today&amp;amp;rsquo;s knowledge economy, providing the primary means by which organizations achieve competitive advantage, adapt to change, and deliver value to stakeholders. While the creative spark of invention is essential, sustainable innovation demands a disciplined process that guides ideas from conception to commercialization and adoption. The ISO 56000 family of standards provides a global framework for systematically managing innovation, culminating in the 2024 publication of ISO 56001, which sets certifiable requirements for innovation management systems. This article explores the evolution, principles, structure, and practical implications of the ISO 56000 family, with a particular focus on the interplay between culture, leadership, digital transformation, and the transformative rise of artificial intelligence (AI).</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>The New ISO 56000 Family of Standards for Innovation Management</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Ricardo Fernandez</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>William Swart</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040034</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-12-09</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-12-09</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>34</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040034</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/34</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/33">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 33: Cybersecurity Strategy Development: Towards an Integrated Approach Based on COBIT and ISO 27000 Series Standards</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/33</link>
	<description>This article presents a practical guide for developing a cybersecurity strategy that integrates COBIT 2019 with the ISO/IEC 27000 series of standards. Although COBIT 2019 provides strong frameworks for IT strategy and governance, it does not specifically prescribe a cybersecurity strategy. This article addresses this gap in the strategy literature by building upon the ISO/IEC 27000 series, which is designed to be adaptable for organizations of all types and sizes, as well as being suitable for various regulatory and technological environments. First, a synthesis of COBIT 2019 and the ISO/IEC standards (particularly 27014, 27001, 27036, and 27701) identifies six key themes for a cybersecurity strategy. A more specific qualitative content analysis of ISO/IEC 27014 (which focuses on board-level information security governance) and COBIT 2019 (which outlines execution mechanics) confirms the validity of these themes with traceability at the clause and objective levels. To operationalize these themes, a three-step method is put forward: setting alignment objectives and scope; translating these into IT strategy decisions using COBIT governance and management objectives and practices; and establishing a cybersecurity strategy through ISO/IEC 27001. Additionally, ISO/IEC 27701 for privacy and ISO/IEC 27036 for supplier governance are incorporated where relevant. An illustrative example is provided using anonymized data from public sources, and the applicability and limitations of the research findings are discussed.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-12-05</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 33: Cybersecurity Strategy Development: Towards an Integrated Approach Based on COBIT and ISO 27000 Series Standards</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/33">doi: 10.3390/standards5040033</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Bilgin Metin
		Sibel Berfun Sevim
		Martin Wynn
		</p>
	<p>This article presents a practical guide for developing a cybersecurity strategy that integrates COBIT 2019 with the ISO/IEC 27000 series of standards. Although COBIT 2019 provides strong frameworks for IT strategy and governance, it does not specifically prescribe a cybersecurity strategy. This article addresses this gap in the strategy literature by building upon the ISO/IEC 27000 series, which is designed to be adaptable for organizations of all types and sizes, as well as being suitable for various regulatory and technological environments. First, a synthesis of COBIT 2019 and the ISO/IEC standards (particularly 27014, 27001, 27036, and 27701) identifies six key themes for a cybersecurity strategy. A more specific qualitative content analysis of ISO/IEC 27014 (which focuses on board-level information security governance) and COBIT 2019 (which outlines execution mechanics) confirms the validity of these themes with traceability at the clause and objective levels. To operationalize these themes, a three-step method is put forward: setting alignment objectives and scope; translating these into IT strategy decisions using COBIT governance and management objectives and practices; and establishing a cybersecurity strategy through ISO/IEC 27001. Additionally, ISO/IEC 27701 for privacy and ISO/IEC 27036 for supplier governance are incorporated where relevant. An illustrative example is provided using anonymized data from public sources, and the applicability and limitations of the research findings are discussed.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Cybersecurity Strategy Development: Towards an Integrated Approach Based on COBIT and ISO 27000 Series Standards</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Bilgin Metin</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Sibel Berfun Sevim</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Martin Wynn</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040033</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-12-05</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-12-05</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>33</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040033</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/33</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/32">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 32: Terminological Ambiguity in the Context of Product Certification</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/32</link>
	<description>This paper addresses the ambiguity between the terms representing the result document of a conformity assessment. Among several other terms, such a document is often referred to as a certificate of conformity in the expert communities of standardization and in legislation. This ambiguity has been identified while reviewing various textual sources within a project focusing on the digitization of such a document for legal metrology used in the European Union. This digitization is going to be realized using a unified data structure. This will allow us to semantically describe the complete content of the result document and to make it readable and interpretable for any technical application. In order to bring the data structure in line with the professional language, an appropriate term representing such a result document has to be found from a variety of similar standardized terms. A semantic analysis has been carried out for this purpose. The following publication provides an overview and the results of this analysis, with the aim of making the expert community aware of the existing ambiguity as being a possible cause for the slowing down of digitization processes.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-11-27</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 32: Terminological Ambiguity in the Context of Product Certification</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/32">doi: 10.3390/standards5040032</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Gisa Foyer
		Dorothea Knopf
		Harry Stolz
		Martin Thedens
		Franziska Renner
		Tatyana Sheveleva
		</p>
	<p>This paper addresses the ambiguity between the terms representing the result document of a conformity assessment. Among several other terms, such a document is often referred to as a certificate of conformity in the expert communities of standardization and in legislation. This ambiguity has been identified while reviewing various textual sources within a project focusing on the digitization of such a document for legal metrology used in the European Union. This digitization is going to be realized using a unified data structure. This will allow us to semantically describe the complete content of the result document and to make it readable and interpretable for any technical application. In order to bring the data structure in line with the professional language, an appropriate term representing such a result document has to be found from a variety of similar standardized terms. A semantic analysis has been carried out for this purpose. The following publication provides an overview and the results of this analysis, with the aim of making the expert community aware of the existing ambiguity as being a possible cause for the slowing down of digitization processes.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Terminological Ambiguity in the Context of Product Certification</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Gisa Foyer</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Dorothea Knopf</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Harry Stolz</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Martin Thedens</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Franziska Renner</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Tatyana Sheveleva</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040032</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-11-27</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-11-27</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>32</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040032</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/32</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/31">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 31: Research on the Structural Model of Welding Process Specifications for Aviation Products Based on Trade-Off Design</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/31</link>
	<description>The formulation of robust Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) is paramount in aviation manufacturing, where quality directly impacts structural integrity and flight safety. Current practices, however, often rely on experiential knowledge and lack a systematic methodology for balancing performance, reliability, and economy, leading to unstable product quality and limited forward-design capability. This study addresses these gaps by proposing a novel, three-layer structural model for aviation WPS based on trade-off design principles. The model integrates a comprehensive correlation matrix linking product requirements to process elements, a modular architecture for enhanced reusability, and a knowledge-driven validation workflow. A key feature of the validation method is the use of a scientifically designed process test matrix and Statistical Process Control (SPC) to quantitatively determine process margins and capability indices (Cv, Cpk), moving beyond traditional pass/fail criteria. The application of this methodology is demonstrated and validated through a case study on electron beam welding. The results indicate that the proposed framework provides a systematic approach for developing stable, economical, and digitally ready welding process specifications, thereby significantly improving the forward-design capability in aviation welding.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-11-14</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 31: Research on the Structural Model of Welding Process Specifications for Aviation Products Based on Trade-Off Design</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/31">doi: 10.3390/standards5040031</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Xichang Wang
		Guangli Li
		Yuansong Zeng
		Xufeng Wang
		Xiaochun Lyu
		Yukun Cao
		</p>
	<p>The formulation of robust Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) is paramount in aviation manufacturing, where quality directly impacts structural integrity and flight safety. Current practices, however, often rely on experiential knowledge and lack a systematic methodology for balancing performance, reliability, and economy, leading to unstable product quality and limited forward-design capability. This study addresses these gaps by proposing a novel, three-layer structural model for aviation WPS based on trade-off design principles. The model integrates a comprehensive correlation matrix linking product requirements to process elements, a modular architecture for enhanced reusability, and a knowledge-driven validation workflow. A key feature of the validation method is the use of a scientifically designed process test matrix and Statistical Process Control (SPC) to quantitatively determine process margins and capability indices (Cv, Cpk), moving beyond traditional pass/fail criteria. The application of this methodology is demonstrated and validated through a case study on electron beam welding. The results indicate that the proposed framework provides a systematic approach for developing stable, economical, and digitally ready welding process specifications, thereby significantly improving the forward-design capability in aviation welding.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Research on the Structural Model of Welding Process Specifications for Aviation Products Based on Trade-Off Design</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Xichang Wang</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Guangli Li</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Yuansong Zeng</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Xufeng Wang</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Xiaochun Lyu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Yukun Cao</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040031</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-11-14</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-11-14</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>31</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040031</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/31</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/30">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 30: Standardization and Utilization of Lower Limb Single Joint Isometric Force Plate Assessments and Recommendations for Future Research</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/30</link>
	<description>Single joint isometric assessments of force production using force plates have become popular in research and practice; however, there are currently no standardization recommendations. The purpose of the present review was to explore and discuss the use of force plates to assess single joint isometric force production characteristics and provide suggestions on protocol standardization for both laboratory and applied settings. Frequently used single joint isometric assessments currently performed using force plates involve the knee flexors/hip extensors and plantar flexors. Currently there are a range of protocols applied to assessing isometric force production; therefore, we provide recommendations on key methodological features to be considered. We also discuss the potential shortcomings and future research directions for single joint isometric testing in both laboratory and applied settings.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-11-05</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 30: Standardization and Utilization of Lower Limb Single Joint Isometric Force Plate Assessments and Recommendations for Future Research</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/30">doi: 10.3390/standards5040030</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Nicholas Ripley
		Jack Fahey
		James Williams
		Laura Smith
		Steven Ross
		Christopher Bramah
		Paul Comfort
		</p>
	<p>Single joint isometric assessments of force production using force plates have become popular in research and practice; however, there are currently no standardization recommendations. The purpose of the present review was to explore and discuss the use of force plates to assess single joint isometric force production characteristics and provide suggestions on protocol standardization for both laboratory and applied settings. Frequently used single joint isometric assessments currently performed using force plates involve the knee flexors/hip extensors and plantar flexors. Currently there are a range of protocols applied to assessing isometric force production; therefore, we provide recommendations on key methodological features to be considered. We also discuss the potential shortcomings and future research directions for single joint isometric testing in both laboratory and applied settings.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Standardization and Utilization of Lower Limb Single Joint Isometric Force Plate Assessments and Recommendations for Future Research</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Nicholas Ripley</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jack Fahey</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>James Williams</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Laura Smith</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Steven Ross</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Christopher Bramah</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Paul Comfort</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040030</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-11-05</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-11-05</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>30</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040030</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/30</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/29">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 29: Stakeholders&amp;rsquo; Perceptions of the Benefits and Barriers to Implementing Environmental Management Systems Within the AECOM Sector in Malaysia</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/29</link>
	<description>Environmental management systems (EMSs), such as ISO 14001, are commonplace across the architecture, engineering, construction, operations, and management (AECOM) sectors of advanced economies. However, their uptake remains limited across emerging markets and developing economies. This study explores stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; perceptions of the benefits and barriers to implementing EMSs within the AECOM sectors of Malaysia. Guided by a positivist stance, the study takes a quantitative approach using an online questionnaire to gather the opinions of AECOM professionals. The findings reveal that participants believe the most significant benefits of implementing EMSs in Malaysia are to improve corporate image and contribute to the environmental standards of the sector, whereas the most significant barriers to implementing EMSs are lack of client support and the difficulty in coordinating environmental performance among multi-tier subcontractors. Based on the evidence collected, the study recommends encouragement by the government of Malaysia to drive forward environmental management and further research into the reasons for the lack of reported support for ISO 14001 within the supply chain.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-10-27</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 29: Stakeholders&amp;rsquo; Perceptions of the Benefits and Barriers to Implementing Environmental Management Systems Within the AECOM Sector in Malaysia</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/29">doi: 10.3390/standards5040029</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Zheng Chan
		Colin A. Booth
		Grazyna Aleksandra Wiejak-Roy
		Rosemary E. Horry
		</p>
	<p>Environmental management systems (EMSs), such as ISO 14001, are commonplace across the architecture, engineering, construction, operations, and management (AECOM) sectors of advanced economies. However, their uptake remains limited across emerging markets and developing economies. This study explores stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; perceptions of the benefits and barriers to implementing EMSs within the AECOM sectors of Malaysia. Guided by a positivist stance, the study takes a quantitative approach using an online questionnaire to gather the opinions of AECOM professionals. The findings reveal that participants believe the most significant benefits of implementing EMSs in Malaysia are to improve corporate image and contribute to the environmental standards of the sector, whereas the most significant barriers to implementing EMSs are lack of client support and the difficulty in coordinating environmental performance among multi-tier subcontractors. Based on the evidence collected, the study recommends encouragement by the government of Malaysia to drive forward environmental management and further research into the reasons for the lack of reported support for ISO 14001 within the supply chain.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; Perceptions of the Benefits and Barriers to Implementing Environmental Management Systems Within the AECOM Sector in Malaysia</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Zheng Chan</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Colin A. Booth</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Grazyna Aleksandra Wiejak-Roy</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Rosemary E. Horry</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040029</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-10-27</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-10-27</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>29</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040029</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/29</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/28">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 28: Bioavailable Forms of Heavy Metals and Se in Soil in the Vicinity of the Pechenganikel Smelting Plant and the Relationship with Mineral Composition and Antioxidant Status of Biocrusts</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/28</link>
	<description>The evaluation of bioavailable forms of heavy metals in zones of anthropogenic pollution is the basis of ecological risk assessment. The characterization of the consequences of the operation of the Pechenganikel smelting plant was carried out using AAS and two methods of soil bioavailable forms of heavy metal extraction (3% nitric acid and ammonium acetate buffer with pH 4.8) along three directions from the plant, corresponding to the wind prevalence. Buffer extraction provided more significant correlations between Ni, Co, Cu, Pb, and Zn, compared to nitric acid application, indicating a negative correlation between soil Cu, Co, and the distance from the plant, while no significant correlations were recorded for nitric acid extracts. A higher significant correlation number arose between soil elements in buffer extracts along the N-E direction than the S-W one. In the former direction, the number of the mentioned correlations decreased according to the following sequence: Zn (6) &amp;amp;gt; Cu (5) &amp;amp;gt; Se and Co (4) &amp;amp;gt; Ni and Fe (3); in nitric acid extract, only significant correlations of Cu, Zn, and Se with Co and Ni were recorded. Biocrust formation was revealed only along the N-E direction, characterized by unexpected high Se concentrations and intensive correlation between Zn and all the elements extracted by the buffer. Biocrust accumulated high levels of all the elements tested and showed antioxidant activity and polyphenol content significantly correlated with soil organic matter. The biocrust mineral content demonstrated a complex relationship with soil Fe, Cu (buffer extract), and Se, as well as Co and Zn (nitric acid extract). Application of linear mixed-effects modelling and transfer factor analysis indicate that biocrusts may serve as effective bioindicators of both absolute metal contamination and its bioavailable fractions. The results indicate the expediency of using both methods of soil extraction for assessing the ecological risk and soil&amp;amp;ndash;biocrust relationships.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-10-14</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 28: Bioavailable Forms of Heavy Metals and Se in Soil in the Vicinity of the Pechenganikel Smelting Plant and the Relationship with Mineral Composition and Antioxidant Status of Biocrusts</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/28">doi: 10.3390/standards5040028</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Nadezhda Golubkina
		Sergey Sheshnitsan
		Andrew Koshevarov
		Uliana Plotnikova
		Evgeniya Sosna
		Vladimir Lapchenko
		Marina Antoshkina
		Olga Khlebosolova
		Natalia Polikarpova
		Daniele Todisco
		Gianluca Caruso
		</p>
	<p>The evaluation of bioavailable forms of heavy metals in zones of anthropogenic pollution is the basis of ecological risk assessment. The characterization of the consequences of the operation of the Pechenganikel smelting plant was carried out using AAS and two methods of soil bioavailable forms of heavy metal extraction (3% nitric acid and ammonium acetate buffer with pH 4.8) along three directions from the plant, corresponding to the wind prevalence. Buffer extraction provided more significant correlations between Ni, Co, Cu, Pb, and Zn, compared to nitric acid application, indicating a negative correlation between soil Cu, Co, and the distance from the plant, while no significant correlations were recorded for nitric acid extracts. A higher significant correlation number arose between soil elements in buffer extracts along the N-E direction than the S-W one. In the former direction, the number of the mentioned correlations decreased according to the following sequence: Zn (6) &amp;amp;gt; Cu (5) &amp;amp;gt; Se and Co (4) &amp;amp;gt; Ni and Fe (3); in nitric acid extract, only significant correlations of Cu, Zn, and Se with Co and Ni were recorded. Biocrust formation was revealed only along the N-E direction, characterized by unexpected high Se concentrations and intensive correlation between Zn and all the elements extracted by the buffer. Biocrust accumulated high levels of all the elements tested and showed antioxidant activity and polyphenol content significantly correlated with soil organic matter. The biocrust mineral content demonstrated a complex relationship with soil Fe, Cu (buffer extract), and Se, as well as Co and Zn (nitric acid extract). Application of linear mixed-effects modelling and transfer factor analysis indicate that biocrusts may serve as effective bioindicators of both absolute metal contamination and its bioavailable fractions. The results indicate the expediency of using both methods of soil extraction for assessing the ecological risk and soil&amp;amp;ndash;biocrust relationships.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Bioavailable Forms of Heavy Metals and Se in Soil in the Vicinity of the Pechenganikel Smelting Plant and the Relationship with Mineral Composition and Antioxidant Status of Biocrusts</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Nadezhda Golubkina</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Sergey Sheshnitsan</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Andrew Koshevarov</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Uliana Plotnikova</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Evgeniya Sosna</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Vladimir Lapchenko</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Marina Antoshkina</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Olga Khlebosolova</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Natalia Polikarpova</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Daniele Todisco</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Gianluca Caruso</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040028</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-10-14</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-10-14</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>28</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040028</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/28</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/27">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 27: Artificial Intelligence Standards in Conflict: Local Challenges and Global Ambitions</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/27</link>
	<description>This article examines the global efforts to govern and regulate Artificial Intelligence (AI) in response to its rapid development and growing influence across many parts of society. It explores how governance takes place at multiple levels, including international bodies, national governments, industries, companies, and communities. The study draws on a wide range of official documents, policy reports, and international agreements to build a timeline of key regulatory and standardization milestones. It also analyzes the challenges of coordinating across different legal systems, economic priorities, and cultural views. The findings show that while some progress has been made through soft-law frameworks and regional partnerships, deep divisions remain. These include unclear responsibilities, uneven enforcement, and risks of regulatory gaps. The article argues that effective AI governance requires stronger international cooperation, fair and inclusive participation, and awareness of power imbalances that shape policy decisions. Competing global and commercial interests can create obstacles to building systems that prioritize the public good. The conclusion highlights that future governance models must be flexible enough to adapt to fast-changing technologies, yet consistent enough to protect rights and promote trust. Addressing these tensions is critical for building a more just and accountable future of AI.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-10-11</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 27: Artificial Intelligence Standards in Conflict: Local Challenges and Global Ambitions</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/27">doi: 10.3390/standards5040027</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Zeynep Orhan
		Mehmet Orhan
		Brady D. Lund
		Nishith Reddy Mannuru
		Ravi Varma Kumar Bevara
		Brett Porter
		</p>
	<p>This article examines the global efforts to govern and regulate Artificial Intelligence (AI) in response to its rapid development and growing influence across many parts of society. It explores how governance takes place at multiple levels, including international bodies, national governments, industries, companies, and communities. The study draws on a wide range of official documents, policy reports, and international agreements to build a timeline of key regulatory and standardization milestones. It also analyzes the challenges of coordinating across different legal systems, economic priorities, and cultural views. The findings show that while some progress has been made through soft-law frameworks and regional partnerships, deep divisions remain. These include unclear responsibilities, uneven enforcement, and risks of regulatory gaps. The article argues that effective AI governance requires stronger international cooperation, fair and inclusive participation, and awareness of power imbalances that shape policy decisions. Competing global and commercial interests can create obstacles to building systems that prioritize the public good. The conclusion highlights that future governance models must be flexible enough to adapt to fast-changing technologies, yet consistent enough to protect rights and promote trust. Addressing these tensions is critical for building a more just and accountable future of AI.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Artificial Intelligence Standards in Conflict: Local Challenges and Global Ambitions</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Zeynep Orhan</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Mehmet Orhan</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Brady D. Lund</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Nishith Reddy Mannuru</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ravi Varma Kumar Bevara</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Brett Porter</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040027</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-10-11</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-10-11</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>27</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040027</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/27</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/26">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 26: A Hybrid System for Driver Assistance Using Computer Vision Methods</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/26</link>
	<description>Driver fatigue and drowsiness are the causes of many road accidents. In this work, a low-cost hybrid system is proposed for determining driver fatigue level based on four metrics: last sleep quality, blinking rate, heart rate variation, and yawning. The values of these metrics were experimentally determined for two age groups (20&amp;amp;ndash;25 and 55&amp;amp;ndash;60 years) and three time intervals of a day (9:00&amp;amp;ndash;10:00, 12:00&amp;amp;ndash;14:00, and 21:00&amp;amp;ndash;24:00). It should be mentioned that it is not always necessary to calculate the values of the four metrics, depending on the state of the driver and the state of the vehicle. In comparison to other proposed systems, our proposed system uses the four metrics in a single system, with their measurement being interdependent. Experimental results as well as future research directions are presented in this paper.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-09-30</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 26: A Hybrid System for Driver Assistance Using Computer Vision Methods</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/26">doi: 10.3390/standards5040026</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Liviu Octavian Mafteiu-Scai
		Laurentiu Stefan Bobora
		</p>
	<p>Driver fatigue and drowsiness are the causes of many road accidents. In this work, a low-cost hybrid system is proposed for determining driver fatigue level based on four metrics: last sleep quality, blinking rate, heart rate variation, and yawning. The values of these metrics were experimentally determined for two age groups (20&amp;amp;ndash;25 and 55&amp;amp;ndash;60 years) and three time intervals of a day (9:00&amp;amp;ndash;10:00, 12:00&amp;amp;ndash;14:00, and 21:00&amp;amp;ndash;24:00). It should be mentioned that it is not always necessary to calculate the values of the four metrics, depending on the state of the driver and the state of the vehicle. In comparison to other proposed systems, our proposed system uses the four metrics in a single system, with their measurement being interdependent. Experimental results as well as future research directions are presented in this paper.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>A Hybrid System for Driver Assistance Using Computer Vision Methods</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Liviu Octavian Mafteiu-Scai</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Laurentiu Stefan Bobora</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040026</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-09-30</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-09-30</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>26</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040026</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/26</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/25">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 25: Standardized Design Metrics and Policy Integration for Phytoremediation Systems in Water Contaminant Management</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/25</link>
	<description>Phytoremediation has emerged as a sustainable and cost-effective strategy for mitigating contamination in soil and water systems, utilizing plants and their associated microbial consortia to uptake, degrade, or immobilize pollutants. This review synthesizes findings from over 100 peer-reviewed publications and case studies to identify key parameters influencing phytoremediation efficiency, including contaminant bioavailability, chemical speciation, concentration levels (ranging from trace to &amp;amp;gt;100 mg/L), plant species suitability, hydraulic retention time, and temperature ranges (10&amp;amp;ndash;35 &amp;amp;deg;C). Despite its proven potential, the absence of standardized design frameworks limits consistent implementation and cross-site performance comparability. To address this, the study proposes a conceptual system design framework supported by measurable performance metrics&amp;amp;mdash;such as pollutant removal efficiency (often &amp;amp;gt;70% for heavy metals) and biomass uptake capacity. The review further examines regulatory and policy gaps that hinder the technology&amp;amp;rsquo;s integration into national remediation strategies, particularly in low- and middle-income countries. It underscores the need for technical guidelines, regulatory benchmarks, and protocols for post-treatment biomass management to enable safe, effective, and scalable deployment. By advocating a multi-stakeholder, evidence-based approach, the study aims to bridge the gap between scientific innovation and environmental governance, positioning phytoremediation as a viable tool for pollution control, ecosystem restoration, and alignment with global sustainability targets.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-09-25</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 25: Standardized Design Metrics and Policy Integration for Phytoremediation Systems in Water Contaminant Management</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/25">doi: 10.3390/standards5040025</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Trung Quang Nguyen
		Hung Xuan Nguyen
		Minh Quang Bui
		Duc Hung Pham
		Hoang Minh Truong
		Tung Ngoc Nguyen
		Tao Minh Hoang
		Minh Ngoc Truong
		</p>
	<p>Phytoremediation has emerged as a sustainable and cost-effective strategy for mitigating contamination in soil and water systems, utilizing plants and their associated microbial consortia to uptake, degrade, or immobilize pollutants. This review synthesizes findings from over 100 peer-reviewed publications and case studies to identify key parameters influencing phytoremediation efficiency, including contaminant bioavailability, chemical speciation, concentration levels (ranging from trace to &amp;amp;gt;100 mg/L), plant species suitability, hydraulic retention time, and temperature ranges (10&amp;amp;ndash;35 &amp;amp;deg;C). Despite its proven potential, the absence of standardized design frameworks limits consistent implementation and cross-site performance comparability. To address this, the study proposes a conceptual system design framework supported by measurable performance metrics&amp;amp;mdash;such as pollutant removal efficiency (often &amp;amp;gt;70% for heavy metals) and biomass uptake capacity. The review further examines regulatory and policy gaps that hinder the technology&amp;amp;rsquo;s integration into national remediation strategies, particularly in low- and middle-income countries. It underscores the need for technical guidelines, regulatory benchmarks, and protocols for post-treatment biomass management to enable safe, effective, and scalable deployment. By advocating a multi-stakeholder, evidence-based approach, the study aims to bridge the gap between scientific innovation and environmental governance, positioning phytoremediation as a viable tool for pollution control, ecosystem restoration, and alignment with global sustainability targets.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Standardized Design Metrics and Policy Integration for Phytoremediation Systems in Water Contaminant Management</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Trung Quang Nguyen</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Hung Xuan Nguyen</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Minh Quang Bui</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Duc Hung Pham</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Hoang Minh Truong</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Tung Ngoc Nguyen</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Tao Minh Hoang</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Minh Ngoc Truong</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5040025</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-09-25</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-09-25</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>25</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5040025</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/4/25</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/24">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 24: Optimizing FNP Clinical Education: A Path Toward Standardized Training and Sustainable Workforce Development</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/24</link>
	<description>The demand for family nurse practitioners (FNPs) continues to rise, yet inconsistencies in clinical education have led to significant variability in graduate preparedness. The rapid expansion of FNP programs, particularly online, has outpaced the development of standardized clinical training, resulting in disparities in preceptor oversight, clinical hour requirements, and competency assessment. This perspective article examines current developments in FNP clinical education and highlights the need for a more structured approach. By strengthening entry requirements, implementing structured competency-based clinical rotations, and enhancing accreditation oversight, FNP programs can improve training consistency and better prepare graduates for independent practice. Establishing clearer clinical expectations and national standards is essential to sustaining the integrity of FNP education and ensuring that future practitioners are equipped to meet the growing complexities of healthcare.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-09-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 24: Optimizing FNP Clinical Education: A Path Toward Standardized Training and Sustainable Workforce Development</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/24">doi: 10.3390/standards5030024</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Jessica Nishikawa
		Tandrea Jackson
		</p>
	<p>The demand for family nurse practitioners (FNPs) continues to rise, yet inconsistencies in clinical education have led to significant variability in graduate preparedness. The rapid expansion of FNP programs, particularly online, has outpaced the development of standardized clinical training, resulting in disparities in preceptor oversight, clinical hour requirements, and competency assessment. This perspective article examines current developments in FNP clinical education and highlights the need for a more structured approach. By strengthening entry requirements, implementing structured competency-based clinical rotations, and enhancing accreditation oversight, FNP programs can improve training consistency and better prepare graduates for independent practice. Establishing clearer clinical expectations and national standards is essential to sustaining the integrity of FNP education and ensuring that future practitioners are equipped to meet the growing complexities of healthcare.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Optimizing FNP Clinical Education: A Path Toward Standardized Training and Sustainable Workforce Development</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Jessica Nishikawa</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Tandrea Jackson</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5030024</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-09-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-09-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Perspective</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>24</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5030024</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/24</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/23">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 23: A Principles-Based Approach for Enabling Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration: Addressing the Elusive Quest for Sustainable Development Partnership Standards</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/23</link>
	<description>The proliferation of diverse multi-stakeholder partnering arrangements that seek to achieve the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development has prompted calls for overarching standards to enhance their governance, legitimacy and effectiveness. This conceptual article critically examines the limitations of applying universal partnership standards across complex and context-sensitive collaborative arrangements. Drawing on a purposive sampling of approximately 115 academic, policy-oriented and practitioner sources, identified through targeted database searches, we explore the historical development of sustainability-related partnership norms and identify some of the tensions in their alignment with socio-historic, institutional and relational dynamics. We examine the concept of partnership meta-governance as a way of both ensuring and enabling effective collaborative initiatives working to meet the targets of the 2030 Agenda&amp;amp;rsquo;s 17 Sustainable Development Goals. Using a methodology that combines conceptual analysis with practitioner-tested support mechanisms, we propose a principles-based approach to enrich the enabling dimension of partnership meta-governance by privileging contextual responsiveness, co-creation and relational values over prescriptive compliance. This approach seeks to reinforce the transformational intent of the 2030 Agenda by offering a foundation for more inclusive and adaptive collaboration that supports the long-term aspirations of the United Nations&amp;amp;rsquo; Pact for the Future.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-09-10</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 23: A Principles-Based Approach for Enabling Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration: Addressing the Elusive Quest for Sustainable Development Partnership Standards</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/23">doi: 10.3390/standards5030023</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Leda Stott
		David F. Murphy
		</p>
	<p>The proliferation of diverse multi-stakeholder partnering arrangements that seek to achieve the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development has prompted calls for overarching standards to enhance their governance, legitimacy and effectiveness. This conceptual article critically examines the limitations of applying universal partnership standards across complex and context-sensitive collaborative arrangements. Drawing on a purposive sampling of approximately 115 academic, policy-oriented and practitioner sources, identified through targeted database searches, we explore the historical development of sustainability-related partnership norms and identify some of the tensions in their alignment with socio-historic, institutional and relational dynamics. We examine the concept of partnership meta-governance as a way of both ensuring and enabling effective collaborative initiatives working to meet the targets of the 2030 Agenda&amp;amp;rsquo;s 17 Sustainable Development Goals. Using a methodology that combines conceptual analysis with practitioner-tested support mechanisms, we propose a principles-based approach to enrich the enabling dimension of partnership meta-governance by privileging contextual responsiveness, co-creation and relational values over prescriptive compliance. This approach seeks to reinforce the transformational intent of the 2030 Agenda by offering a foundation for more inclusive and adaptive collaboration that supports the long-term aspirations of the United Nations&amp;amp;rsquo; Pact for the Future.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>A Principles-Based Approach for Enabling Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration: Addressing the Elusive Quest for Sustainable Development Partnership Standards</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Leda Stott</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>David F. Murphy</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5030023</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-09-10</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-09-10</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Perspective</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>23</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5030023</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/23</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/22">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 22: Leadership Discourse and Sustainability Reporting in Fast Fashion: A Longitudinal Topic Modelling and KPI Analysis</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/22</link>
	<description>Corporate sustainability reporting is increasingly scrutinised as stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; demand credible commitments to environmental and social performance, especially in sectors where unsustainable practices are pervasive. The aim of this research is to examine&amp;amp;mdash;drawing on a systematic literature review (SLR) of 48 articles&amp;amp;mdash;how leadership discourse in sustainability reports influences stakeholder engagement and reflects the adoption of sustainable development standards over time. A longitudinal analysis of six years (2018&amp;amp;ndash;2023) of sustainability reports from a leading fast fashion company was conducted, integrating Topic Modelling to identify dominant themes in leadership communication and comparing them with key performance indicators related to climate, materials, energy, water, waste, and packaging. The results reveal a gradual evolution in leadership narratives, from broad aspirational statements emphasising ethical supply chains and social justice to more technical, performance-oriented language highlighting circularity, operational transparency, and climate action. However, the analysis also uncovers inconsistencies between declared objectives and measurable outcomes, suggesting tensions between symbolic and substantive sustainability commitments. These findings indicate that, while leadership discourse can mobilise stakeholder expectations and signal strategic priorities, its credibility depends on alignment with transparent, consistent performance data. This study contributes to understanding how discourse and practice interact in sustainability transitions, offering insights for enhancing reporting integrity.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-09-04</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 22: Leadership Discourse and Sustainability Reporting in Fast Fashion: A Longitudinal Topic Modelling and KPI Analysis</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/22">doi: 10.3390/standards5030022</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Julia Marques de Medeiros
		Ana Clara Waisenberg Dicezare
		Ana Carolina Bertassini
		Luiz Cesar Ribeiro Carpinetti
		Lucas Gabriel Zanon
		</p>
	<p>Corporate sustainability reporting is increasingly scrutinised as stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; demand credible commitments to environmental and social performance, especially in sectors where unsustainable practices are pervasive. The aim of this research is to examine&amp;amp;mdash;drawing on a systematic literature review (SLR) of 48 articles&amp;amp;mdash;how leadership discourse in sustainability reports influences stakeholder engagement and reflects the adoption of sustainable development standards over time. A longitudinal analysis of six years (2018&amp;amp;ndash;2023) of sustainability reports from a leading fast fashion company was conducted, integrating Topic Modelling to identify dominant themes in leadership communication and comparing them with key performance indicators related to climate, materials, energy, water, waste, and packaging. The results reveal a gradual evolution in leadership narratives, from broad aspirational statements emphasising ethical supply chains and social justice to more technical, performance-oriented language highlighting circularity, operational transparency, and climate action. However, the analysis also uncovers inconsistencies between declared objectives and measurable outcomes, suggesting tensions between symbolic and substantive sustainability commitments. These findings indicate that, while leadership discourse can mobilise stakeholder expectations and signal strategic priorities, its credibility depends on alignment with transparent, consistent performance data. This study contributes to understanding how discourse and practice interact in sustainability transitions, offering insights for enhancing reporting integrity.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Leadership Discourse and Sustainability Reporting in Fast Fashion: A Longitudinal Topic Modelling and KPI Analysis</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Julia Marques de Medeiros</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ana Clara Waisenberg Dicezare</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ana Carolina Bertassini</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Luiz Cesar Ribeiro Carpinetti</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Lucas Gabriel Zanon</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5030022</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-09-04</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-09-04</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>22</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5030022</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/22</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/21">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 21: Smart Kitchens of the Future: Technology&amp;rsquo;s Role in Food Safety, Hygiene, and Culinary Innovation</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/21</link>
	<description>In recent years, there have been significant advances in the application of technology in professional kitchens. This evolution of &amp;amp;ldquo;smart kitchens&amp;amp;rdquo; has transformed the food processing sector, ensuring higher standards of food safety through continual microbial monitoring, quality control, and hygiene improvements. This review critically discusses the recent developments in technology in commercial kitchens, focusing on their impact on microbial safety, operational efficiency, and sustainability. The literature was sourced from peer-reviewed journals, industry publications, and regulatory documents published between 2000 and 2025, selected for their relevance to the assurance of food safety using emerging technologies especially for use in commercial kitchens. Some of the most significant of these technologies currently being employed in smart kitchens include the following: smart sensors and IoT devices, artificial intelligence and machine learning systems, blockchain-based traceability technology, robotics and automation, and wearable monitoring devices. The review evaluated these technologies against criteria such as adherence to existing food safety regulations, ease of integration, cost factors, staff training requirements, and consumer perception. It is shown that these innovations will significantly enhance hygiene control, reduce the levels of waste, and increase business revenue. However, they are constrained by high installation costs, integration complexity, lack of standardized assessment measures, and the need for harmonizing automation with human oversight. Thus, for the widespread and effective uptake of these technologies, there is a need for better collaboration between policymakers, food experts, and technology innovators in creating scalable, affordable, and regulation-compliant solutions. Overall, this review provides a consolidated evidence base and practical insights for stakeholders seeking to implement advanced microbial safety technologies in professional kitchens, highlighting both current capabilities and future research opportunities.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-08-29</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 21: Smart Kitchens of the Future: Technology&amp;rsquo;s Role in Food Safety, Hygiene, and Culinary Innovation</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/21">doi: 10.3390/standards5030021</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Christian Kosisochukwu Anumudu
		Jennifer Ada Augustine
		Chijioke Christopher Uhegwu
		Joy Nzube Uche
		Moses Odinaka Ugwoegbu
		Omowunmi Rachael Shodeko
		Helen Onyeaka
		</p>
	<p>In recent years, there have been significant advances in the application of technology in professional kitchens. This evolution of &amp;amp;ldquo;smart kitchens&amp;amp;rdquo; has transformed the food processing sector, ensuring higher standards of food safety through continual microbial monitoring, quality control, and hygiene improvements. This review critically discusses the recent developments in technology in commercial kitchens, focusing on their impact on microbial safety, operational efficiency, and sustainability. The literature was sourced from peer-reviewed journals, industry publications, and regulatory documents published between 2000 and 2025, selected for their relevance to the assurance of food safety using emerging technologies especially for use in commercial kitchens. Some of the most significant of these technologies currently being employed in smart kitchens include the following: smart sensors and IoT devices, artificial intelligence and machine learning systems, blockchain-based traceability technology, robotics and automation, and wearable monitoring devices. The review evaluated these technologies against criteria such as adherence to existing food safety regulations, ease of integration, cost factors, staff training requirements, and consumer perception. It is shown that these innovations will significantly enhance hygiene control, reduce the levels of waste, and increase business revenue. However, they are constrained by high installation costs, integration complexity, lack of standardized assessment measures, and the need for harmonizing automation with human oversight. Thus, for the widespread and effective uptake of these technologies, there is a need for better collaboration between policymakers, food experts, and technology innovators in creating scalable, affordable, and regulation-compliant solutions. Overall, this review provides a consolidated evidence base and practical insights for stakeholders seeking to implement advanced microbial safety technologies in professional kitchens, highlighting both current capabilities and future research opportunities.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Smart Kitchens of the Future: Technology&amp;amp;rsquo;s Role in Food Safety, Hygiene, and Culinary Innovation</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Christian Kosisochukwu Anumudu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jennifer Ada Augustine</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Chijioke Christopher Uhegwu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Joy Nzube Uche</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Moses Odinaka Ugwoegbu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Omowunmi Rachael Shodeko</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Helen Onyeaka</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5030021</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-08-29</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-08-29</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>21</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5030021</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/21</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/20">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 20: Mineralogical and Geochemical Features of Soil Developed on Rhyolites in the Dry Tropical Area of Cameroon</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/20</link>
	<description>Petrological knowledge on weathering processes controlling the mobility of chemical elements is still limited in the dry tropical zone of Cameroon. This study aims to investigate the mobility of major and trace elements during rhyolite weathering and soil formation in Mobono by understanding the mineralogical and elemental vertical variation. The studied soil was classified as Cambisols containing mainly quartz, K-feldspar, plagioclase, smectite, kaolinite, illite, calcite, lepidocrocite, goethite, sepiolite, and interstratified clay minerals. pH values ranging between 6.11 and 8.77 indicated that hydrolysis, superimposed on oxidation and carbonation, is the main process responsible for the formation of secondary minerals, leading to the formation of iron oxides and calcite. The bedrock was mainly constituted of SiO2, Al2O3, Na2O, Fe2O3, Ba, Zr, Sr, Y, Ga, and Rb. Ce and Eu anomalies, and chondrite-normalized La/Yb ratios were 0.98, 0.67, and 2.86, respectively. SiO2, Al2O3, Fe2O3, Na2O, and K2O were major elements in soil horizons. Trace elements revealed high levels of Ba (385 to 1320 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Zr (158 to 429 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Zn (61 to 151 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Sr (62 to 243 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Y (55 to 81 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Rb (1102 to 58 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), and Ga (17.70 to 35 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1). LREEs were more abundant than HREEs, with LREE/HREE ratio ranging between 2.60 and 6.24. Ce and Eu anomalies ranged from 1.08 to 1.21 and 0.58 to 1.24 respectively. The rhyolite-normalized La/Yb ratios varied between 0.56 and 0.96. Mass balance revealed the depletion of Si, Ca, Na, Mn, Sr, Ta, W, U, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Gd and Lu, and the accumulation of Al, Fe, K, Mg, P, Sc, V, Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, Ga, Ge, Rb, Y, Zr, Nb, Cs, Ba, Hf, Pb, Th, Eu, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm and Yb during weathering along the soil profile.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-08-06</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 20: Mineralogical and Geochemical Features of Soil Developed on Rhyolites in the Dry Tropical Area of Cameroon</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/20">doi: 10.3390/standards5030020</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Aubin Nzeugang Nzeukou
		Désiré Tsozué
		Estelle Lionelle Tamto Mamdem
		Merlin Gountié Dedzo
		Nathalie Fagel
		</p>
	<p>Petrological knowledge on weathering processes controlling the mobility of chemical elements is still limited in the dry tropical zone of Cameroon. This study aims to investigate the mobility of major and trace elements during rhyolite weathering and soil formation in Mobono by understanding the mineralogical and elemental vertical variation. The studied soil was classified as Cambisols containing mainly quartz, K-feldspar, plagioclase, smectite, kaolinite, illite, calcite, lepidocrocite, goethite, sepiolite, and interstratified clay minerals. pH values ranging between 6.11 and 8.77 indicated that hydrolysis, superimposed on oxidation and carbonation, is the main process responsible for the formation of secondary minerals, leading to the formation of iron oxides and calcite. The bedrock was mainly constituted of SiO2, Al2O3, Na2O, Fe2O3, Ba, Zr, Sr, Y, Ga, and Rb. Ce and Eu anomalies, and chondrite-normalized La/Yb ratios were 0.98, 0.67, and 2.86, respectively. SiO2, Al2O3, Fe2O3, Na2O, and K2O were major elements in soil horizons. Trace elements revealed high levels of Ba (385 to 1320 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Zr (158 to 429 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Zn (61 to 151 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Sr (62 to 243 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Y (55 to 81 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), Rb (1102 to 58 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1), and Ga (17.70 to 35 mg kg&amp;amp;minus;1). LREEs were more abundant than HREEs, with LREE/HREE ratio ranging between 2.60 and 6.24. Ce and Eu anomalies ranged from 1.08 to 1.21 and 0.58 to 1.24 respectively. The rhyolite-normalized La/Yb ratios varied between 0.56 and 0.96. Mass balance revealed the depletion of Si, Ca, Na, Mn, Sr, Ta, W, U, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Gd and Lu, and the accumulation of Al, Fe, K, Mg, P, Sc, V, Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, Ga, Ge, Rb, Y, Zr, Nb, Cs, Ba, Hf, Pb, Th, Eu, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm and Yb during weathering along the soil profile.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Mineralogical and Geochemical Features of Soil Developed on Rhyolites in the Dry Tropical Area of Cameroon</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Aubin Nzeugang Nzeukou</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Désiré Tsozué</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Estelle Lionelle Tamto Mamdem</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Merlin Gountié Dedzo</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Nathalie Fagel</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5030020</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-08-06</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-08-06</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>20</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5030020</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/20</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/19">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 19: Socioeconomic and Environmental Dimensions of Agriculture, Livestock, and Fisheries: A Network Study on Carbon and Water Footprints in Global Food Trade</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/19</link>
	<description>Agriculture, livestock, and fisheries significantly impact socioeconomic, environmental, and health dimensions at global level, ensuring food supply for growing populations whilst promoting economic welfare through international trade, employment, and income. Considering that bilateral food exchanges between countries represent exchanges of natural resources involved in food production (i.e., food imports are equivalent to savings of natural resources), the purpose of the study is to investigate the evolution of carbon and water footprints corresponding to the global food trade networks between 1986 and 2020. The research aims to identify potential associations between carbon and water footprints embedded in food trade and countries&amp;amp;rsquo; economic welfare. Complex network analysis was used to map countries&amp;amp;rsquo; positions within annual food trade networks, and countries&amp;amp;rsquo; metrics within networks were used to identify connections between participation in global trade of carbon and water footprints and economic welfare. The findings of the study show an increase in carbon and water footprints linked to global food exchanges between countries during the period. Furthermore, a country&amp;amp;rsquo;s centrality within the network was linked to economic welfare, showing that countries with higher imports of carbon and water through global food trade derive economic benefits from participating in global trade. Global efforts towards transformations of food systems should prioritize sustainable development standards to ensure continued access to healthy sustainable diets for populations worldwide.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-07-25</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 19: Socioeconomic and Environmental Dimensions of Agriculture, Livestock, and Fisheries: A Network Study on Carbon and Water Footprints in Global Food Trade</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/19">doi: 10.3390/standards5030019</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Murilo Mazzotti Silvestrini
		Thiago Joel Angrizanes Rossi
		Flavia Mori Sarti
		</p>
	<p>Agriculture, livestock, and fisheries significantly impact socioeconomic, environmental, and health dimensions at global level, ensuring food supply for growing populations whilst promoting economic welfare through international trade, employment, and income. Considering that bilateral food exchanges between countries represent exchanges of natural resources involved in food production (i.e., food imports are equivalent to savings of natural resources), the purpose of the study is to investigate the evolution of carbon and water footprints corresponding to the global food trade networks between 1986 and 2020. The research aims to identify potential associations between carbon and water footprints embedded in food trade and countries&amp;amp;rsquo; economic welfare. Complex network analysis was used to map countries&amp;amp;rsquo; positions within annual food trade networks, and countries&amp;amp;rsquo; metrics within networks were used to identify connections between participation in global trade of carbon and water footprints and economic welfare. The findings of the study show an increase in carbon and water footprints linked to global food exchanges between countries during the period. Furthermore, a country&amp;amp;rsquo;s centrality within the network was linked to economic welfare, showing that countries with higher imports of carbon and water through global food trade derive economic benefits from participating in global trade. Global efforts towards transformations of food systems should prioritize sustainable development standards to ensure continued access to healthy sustainable diets for populations worldwide.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Socioeconomic and Environmental Dimensions of Agriculture, Livestock, and Fisheries: A Network Study on Carbon and Water Footprints in Global Food Trade</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Murilo Mazzotti Silvestrini</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Thiago Joel Angrizanes Rossi</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Flavia Mori Sarti</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5030019</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-07-25</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-07-25</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>19</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5030019</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/19</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/18">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 18: The Role of Standards in Teaching How to Design Machine Elements</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/18</link>
	<description>This paper introduces arguments in favor of the intensive use of standards in both teaching the Machine Elements discipline and solving the first projects of mechanical design (gearboxes, jacks, pumps, tanks, etc.). The paper presents a SWOTT approach to the use of new in-force standards in teaching the design of machine elements. The use of information from standards in courses and design handbooks is regulated by various standardization associations at different levels internationally, such as the ISO (International Organization of Standardization), IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission), and ITU (International Telecommunication), and regional associations such as the CEN (European Commission for Standardization), CENELEC (European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization) and ETSI (European Telecommunications Standards Institute), and national associations (for instance, the ASRO&amp;amp;mdash;Association of Standardization of Romania). In general, the conditions for using partial information from standards vary, but the authors present common lines and recommendations for introducing information from standards in books and design handbooks for engineering students. The use of information from standards for terms, materials, calculation models, test methods etc. is beneficial for students. This will provide them a good professional education towards adapting to a specific job in the field of mechanical engineering, where conformity to norms and standards is required by the dynamics of production, product quality and, not least, the safety of machines and operators.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-07-16</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 18: The Role of Standards in Teaching How to Design Machine Elements</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/18">doi: 10.3390/standards5030018</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Lorena Deleanu
		Constantin Georgescu
		George Ghiocel Ojoc
		Cristina Popa
		Alexandru Viorel Vasiliu
		</p>
	<p>This paper introduces arguments in favor of the intensive use of standards in both teaching the Machine Elements discipline and solving the first projects of mechanical design (gearboxes, jacks, pumps, tanks, etc.). The paper presents a SWOTT approach to the use of new in-force standards in teaching the design of machine elements. The use of information from standards in courses and design handbooks is regulated by various standardization associations at different levels internationally, such as the ISO (International Organization of Standardization), IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission), and ITU (International Telecommunication), and regional associations such as the CEN (European Commission for Standardization), CENELEC (European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization) and ETSI (European Telecommunications Standards Institute), and national associations (for instance, the ASRO&amp;amp;mdash;Association of Standardization of Romania). In general, the conditions for using partial information from standards vary, but the authors present common lines and recommendations for introducing information from standards in books and design handbooks for engineering students. The use of information from standards for terms, materials, calculation models, test methods etc. is beneficial for students. This will provide them a good professional education towards adapting to a specific job in the field of mechanical engineering, where conformity to norms and standards is required by the dynamics of production, product quality and, not least, the safety of machines and operators.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>The Role of Standards in Teaching How to Design Machine Elements</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Lorena Deleanu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Constantin Georgescu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>George Ghiocel Ojoc</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Cristina Popa</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Alexandru Viorel Vasiliu</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5030018</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-07-16</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-07-16</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>18</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5030018</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/18</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/17">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 17: Synergistic Integration of ESG Across Life Essentials: A Comparative Study of Clothing, Energy, and Transportation Industries Using CEPAR&amp;reg; Methodology</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/17</link>
	<description>This study conducts a comparative assessment of the environmental, social, and governance (ESG) integration strategies of three leading companies in Hong Kong&amp;amp;mdash;H&amp;amp;amp;M Group, China Gas Company Limited (Towngas), and MTR Corporation Limited (MTR)&amp;amp;mdash;each operating in distinct sectors with unique sustainability challenges and opportunities. The analysis adopts the Challenge&amp;amp;ndash;Evaluation&amp;amp;ndash;Planning&amp;amp;ndash;Action&amp;amp;ndash;Review (CEPAR&amp;amp;reg;) framework developed by the International Chamber of Sustainable Development to examine how these companies identify and evaluate ESG-related risks, formulate action plans, implement sustainability initiatives, and refine their strategies. The findings reveal H&amp;amp;amp;M&amp;amp;rsquo;s strong emphasis on sustainable fashion, with a target of using 100% sustainable materials by 2030 and reducing greenhouse gas emissions by 56%. Towngas faces the complex challenge of transitioning from fossil fuels to cleaner energy and is investing in zero-carbon technologies to meet regulatory standards and stakeholder expectations. MTR focuses on sustainable urban development and efficient mass transit, prioritizing community engagement and reducing environmental impact. This study underscores the importance of sector-specific ESG approaches tailored to a company&amp;amp;rsquo;s operational context. It also demonstrates how ESG integration is enhanced by proactive planning, transparent reporting, and alignment with long-term corporate values. By showcasing both successful practices and areas requiring further attention, this research contributes to the broader discourse on sustainable business practices in Hong Kong. Moreover, it provides actionable policy implications for government agencies and regulatory bodies. The insights gained can inform strategic decision-making across sectors and support the development of a more sustainable, resilient, and inclusive economy aligned with Hong Kong&amp;amp;rsquo;s long-term climate and governance goals.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-07-04</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 17: Synergistic Integration of ESG Across Life Essentials: A Comparative Study of Clothing, Energy, and Transportation Industries Using CEPAR&amp;reg; Methodology</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/17">doi: 10.3390/standards5030017</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Eve Man Hin Chan
		Fanucci Wan-Ching Hui
		Dawson Wai-Shun Suen
		Chi-Wing Tsang
		</p>
	<p>This study conducts a comparative assessment of the environmental, social, and governance (ESG) integration strategies of three leading companies in Hong Kong&amp;amp;mdash;H&amp;amp;amp;M Group, China Gas Company Limited (Towngas), and MTR Corporation Limited (MTR)&amp;amp;mdash;each operating in distinct sectors with unique sustainability challenges and opportunities. The analysis adopts the Challenge&amp;amp;ndash;Evaluation&amp;amp;ndash;Planning&amp;amp;ndash;Action&amp;amp;ndash;Review (CEPAR&amp;amp;reg;) framework developed by the International Chamber of Sustainable Development to examine how these companies identify and evaluate ESG-related risks, formulate action plans, implement sustainability initiatives, and refine their strategies. The findings reveal H&amp;amp;amp;M&amp;amp;rsquo;s strong emphasis on sustainable fashion, with a target of using 100% sustainable materials by 2030 and reducing greenhouse gas emissions by 56%. Towngas faces the complex challenge of transitioning from fossil fuels to cleaner energy and is investing in zero-carbon technologies to meet regulatory standards and stakeholder expectations. MTR focuses on sustainable urban development and efficient mass transit, prioritizing community engagement and reducing environmental impact. This study underscores the importance of sector-specific ESG approaches tailored to a company&amp;amp;rsquo;s operational context. It also demonstrates how ESG integration is enhanced by proactive planning, transparent reporting, and alignment with long-term corporate values. By showcasing both successful practices and areas requiring further attention, this research contributes to the broader discourse on sustainable business practices in Hong Kong. Moreover, it provides actionable policy implications for government agencies and regulatory bodies. The insights gained can inform strategic decision-making across sectors and support the development of a more sustainable, resilient, and inclusive economy aligned with Hong Kong&amp;amp;rsquo;s long-term climate and governance goals.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Synergistic Integration of ESG Across Life Essentials: A Comparative Study of Clothing, Energy, and Transportation Industries Using CEPAR&amp;amp;reg; Methodology</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Eve Man Hin Chan</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Fanucci Wan-Ching Hui</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Dawson Wai-Shun Suen</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Chi-Wing Tsang</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5030017</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-07-04</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-07-04</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>17</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5030017</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/3/17</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/16">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 16: Poverty, Education, and Decent Work Rates in Central and Eastern EU Countries</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/16</link>
	<description>Poverty is a major concern worldwide, and so its eradication represents the first Sustainable Development Goal. Moreover, quality education and decent working conditions are among the factors that seem to reduce poverty, a detail also observed in the current research. The current study aimed to determine poverty and educational levels along with work conditions within the 11 EU Member States located in Central and Eastern Europe using 2023 Eurostat data. To identify them, two techniques were implemented: cluster analysis and the TOPSIS method. The first is used to determine similarities and differences between countries, and the second is used with the purpose of achieving a ranking of the countries based on the 10 indicators designed to examine the three SDGs investigated. Among the results discovered, the clear differentiation of Romania and Bulgaria compared to the other countries was observed for most of the indicators analysed, especially for the people in severe material and social deprivation, as well as the share of individuals having at least basic digital skills. Thus, by applying both methods, the grouping of Romania and Bulgaria is obvious, with these countries being characterised by the poorest performances within the analysed countries. At the opposite end of the scale was Slovenia, which presented the lowest values of the indicators intended to define poverty for the year evaluated, standing out among the countries with the best results for most of the indicators included in the analysis.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-06-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 16: Poverty, Education, and Decent Work Rates in Central and Eastern EU Countries</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/16">doi: 10.3390/standards5020016</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Alexandra Ciucu
		Vanesa Vargas
		Carmen Păuna
		Adina-Iuliana Jigani
		</p>
	<p>Poverty is a major concern worldwide, and so its eradication represents the first Sustainable Development Goal. Moreover, quality education and decent working conditions are among the factors that seem to reduce poverty, a detail also observed in the current research. The current study aimed to determine poverty and educational levels along with work conditions within the 11 EU Member States located in Central and Eastern Europe using 2023 Eurostat data. To identify them, two techniques were implemented: cluster analysis and the TOPSIS method. The first is used to determine similarities and differences between countries, and the second is used with the purpose of achieving a ranking of the countries based on the 10 indicators designed to examine the three SDGs investigated. Among the results discovered, the clear differentiation of Romania and Bulgaria compared to the other countries was observed for most of the indicators analysed, especially for the people in severe material and social deprivation, as well as the share of individuals having at least basic digital skills. Thus, by applying both methods, the grouping of Romania and Bulgaria is obvious, with these countries being characterised by the poorest performances within the analysed countries. At the opposite end of the scale was Slovenia, which presented the lowest values of the indicators intended to define poverty for the year evaluated, standing out among the countries with the best results for most of the indicators included in the analysis.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Poverty, Education, and Decent Work Rates in Central and Eastern EU Countries</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Alexandra Ciucu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Vanesa Vargas</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Carmen Păuna</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Adina-Iuliana Jigani</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5020016</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-06-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-06-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>16</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5020016</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/16</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/15">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 15: Health Education: The &amp;ldquo;Education Box&amp;rdquo; of the Fondazione Policlinico Universitario Campus Bio-Medico</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/15</link>
	<description>Clinical education, traditionally linked to university training in health care, has found a new declination at the Fondazione Policlinico Universitario Campus Bio-Medico (FPUCBM) through a free public service aimed at patients, family members, and caregivers. This innovative approach aims to improve health self-management, promote empowerment, and foster the active involvement of patients in their own care pathway. Based on high-quality and safety certified standards (by the Joint Commission International), FPUCBM has launched structured initiatives such as &amp;amp;ldquo;education box&amp;amp;rdquo; events to provide clear and accessible information, addressing patients&amp;amp;rsquo; educational and emotional needs. The &amp;amp;ldquo;health education service&amp;amp;rdquo; integrates several activities, including single-topic educational events, the creation of information materials (brochures and video tutorials), and collaboration with patient associations. Since its launch in 2023, the service has reached more than 400 participants in 22 events, covering topics such as chronic disease management and prevention and the proper use of home devices. In total, 95 information brochures and 9 video tutorials have been produced to expand the available resources. Benefits include improved health awareness, increased confidence in care pathways, and a positive impact on the hospital&amp;amp;rsquo;s reputation. In conclusion, it represents a replicable model of person-centered health care that combines human care and educational support to promote more effective and informed disease management while improving the overall patient experience.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-06-09</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 15: Health Education: The &amp;ldquo;Education Box&amp;rdquo; of the Fondazione Policlinico Universitario Campus Bio-Medico</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/15">doi: 10.3390/standards5020015</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Claudio Pensieri
		Veronica Rossi
		Rossana Alloni
		</p>
	<p>Clinical education, traditionally linked to university training in health care, has found a new declination at the Fondazione Policlinico Universitario Campus Bio-Medico (FPUCBM) through a free public service aimed at patients, family members, and caregivers. This innovative approach aims to improve health self-management, promote empowerment, and foster the active involvement of patients in their own care pathway. Based on high-quality and safety certified standards (by the Joint Commission International), FPUCBM has launched structured initiatives such as &amp;amp;ldquo;education box&amp;amp;rdquo; events to provide clear and accessible information, addressing patients&amp;amp;rsquo; educational and emotional needs. The &amp;amp;ldquo;health education service&amp;amp;rdquo; integrates several activities, including single-topic educational events, the creation of information materials (brochures and video tutorials), and collaboration with patient associations. Since its launch in 2023, the service has reached more than 400 participants in 22 events, covering topics such as chronic disease management and prevention and the proper use of home devices. In total, 95 information brochures and 9 video tutorials have been produced to expand the available resources. Benefits include improved health awareness, increased confidence in care pathways, and a positive impact on the hospital&amp;amp;rsquo;s reputation. In conclusion, it represents a replicable model of person-centered health care that combines human care and educational support to promote more effective and informed disease management while improving the overall patient experience.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Health Education: The &amp;amp;ldquo;Education Box&amp;amp;rdquo; of the Fondazione Policlinico Universitario Campus Bio-Medico</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Claudio Pensieri</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Veronica Rossi</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Rossana Alloni</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5020015</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-06-09</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-06-09</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Case Report</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>15</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5020015</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/15</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/14">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 14: The Impact of ESG Certifications on Class A Office Buildings in Madrid: A Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/14</link>
	<description>This study investigates the impact of Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) certifications on the performance of Class A office buildings within Madrid&amp;amp;rsquo;s Central Business District (CBD). Employing a Multi-Criteria Decision Making (MCDM) methodology, the research evaluates 21 office properties, analyzing the influence of ESG certifications on key performance indicators, including green building certifications, valuation, market perception, and financial outcomes. The findings reveal that ESG-certified buildings demonstrate superior performance, commanding higher valuations, mitigating brown discounts, and achieving increased rental rates, thereby enhancing their investment attractiveness. These results underscore the importance of ESG certifications in the Spanish office market and provide valuable insights for investors, developers, and policymakers navigating the integration of sustainability and commercial real estate.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-05-21</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 14: The Impact of ESG Certifications on Class A Office Buildings in Madrid: A Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/14">doi: 10.3390/standards5020014</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Alfonso Valero
		</p>
	<p>This study investigates the impact of Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) certifications on the performance of Class A office buildings within Madrid&amp;amp;rsquo;s Central Business District (CBD). Employing a Multi-Criteria Decision Making (MCDM) methodology, the research evaluates 21 office properties, analyzing the influence of ESG certifications on key performance indicators, including green building certifications, valuation, market perception, and financial outcomes. The findings reveal that ESG-certified buildings demonstrate superior performance, commanding higher valuations, mitigating brown discounts, and achieving increased rental rates, thereby enhancing their investment attractiveness. These results underscore the importance of ESG certifications in the Spanish office market and provide valuable insights for investors, developers, and policymakers navigating the integration of sustainability and commercial real estate.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>The Impact of ESG Certifications on Class A Office Buildings in Madrid: A Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Alfonso Valero</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5020014</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-05-21</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-05-21</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>14</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5020014</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/14</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/13">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 13: Adopting Sustainability Competencies in Management Education&amp;mdash;A Scoping Review of Progress</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/13</link>
	<description>There is growing urgency to address society&amp;amp;rsquo;s complex issues, many of which are incorporated within the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Higher education has a special role and a responsibility to support and promote these goals and to prepare students for the complex challenges they will face as future leaders. The SDG framework helps students understand SDGs, but special competencies are necessary to address them effectively. Sustainability competencies (SCs) impart the personal/emotional development missing from current programming, but higher education institutions (HEIs) have been reluctant to introduce them into their curricula. Meanwhile, graduating students are ill-prepared for the complex problems, such as sustainability, that they will face as new managers and leaders. Our research question focused on identifying essential evidence that would support the implementation of SCs in HEIs. Our purpose was to raise awareness of the need for action in improving sustainability education and to assist in moving the issue forward. To enhance reading, we purposefully included multiple sections that capture and highlight the essential information. We employed a scoping review (SR) to scope out the relevant literature that supported a credible model for SCs and determine whether consensus was evident among scholars for such a model. Contrary to a commonly expressed theme in the literature, the results revealed that scholarly opinion had converged around a framework proposed by Wiek, Withycombe and Redman in 2011 and their 2021 update. A thematic analysis identified the key barriers preventing integration in HEIs, including the absence of a comprehensive policy to direct the implementation and sustain the change. We discuss these barriers and how they may be addressed. Integrating SCs into ME responds to SDG 4 (quality education). The results are intended to generate action regarding the need to integrate SCs in ME&amp;amp;mdash;sooner rather than later. The conclusions drawn respond to SDG 4 (quality education). The study serves to increase awareness of the issues and barriers preventing the much-needed transformation of ME in HEIs and stimulate discussion and potential action. Further research may involve a systematic review to inform much-needed policy and implementation.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-05-09</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 13: Adopting Sustainability Competencies in Management Education&amp;mdash;A Scoping Review of Progress</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/13">doi: 10.3390/standards5020013</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Patricia MacNeil
		Anshuman Khare
		</p>
	<p>There is growing urgency to address society&amp;amp;rsquo;s complex issues, many of which are incorporated within the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Higher education has a special role and a responsibility to support and promote these goals and to prepare students for the complex challenges they will face as future leaders. The SDG framework helps students understand SDGs, but special competencies are necessary to address them effectively. Sustainability competencies (SCs) impart the personal/emotional development missing from current programming, but higher education institutions (HEIs) have been reluctant to introduce them into their curricula. Meanwhile, graduating students are ill-prepared for the complex problems, such as sustainability, that they will face as new managers and leaders. Our research question focused on identifying essential evidence that would support the implementation of SCs in HEIs. Our purpose was to raise awareness of the need for action in improving sustainability education and to assist in moving the issue forward. To enhance reading, we purposefully included multiple sections that capture and highlight the essential information. We employed a scoping review (SR) to scope out the relevant literature that supported a credible model for SCs and determine whether consensus was evident among scholars for such a model. Contrary to a commonly expressed theme in the literature, the results revealed that scholarly opinion had converged around a framework proposed by Wiek, Withycombe and Redman in 2011 and their 2021 update. A thematic analysis identified the key barriers preventing integration in HEIs, including the absence of a comprehensive policy to direct the implementation and sustain the change. We discuss these barriers and how they may be addressed. Integrating SCs into ME responds to SDG 4 (quality education). The results are intended to generate action regarding the need to integrate SCs in ME&amp;amp;mdash;sooner rather than later. The conclusions drawn respond to SDG 4 (quality education). The study serves to increase awareness of the issues and barriers preventing the much-needed transformation of ME in HEIs and stimulate discussion and potential action. Further research may involve a systematic review to inform much-needed policy and implementation.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Adopting Sustainability Competencies in Management Education&amp;amp;mdash;A Scoping Review of Progress</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Patricia MacNeil</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Anshuman Khare</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5020013</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-05-09</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-05-09</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>13</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5020013</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/13</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/12">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 12: Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), Sustainability and ESG Standards Used by ATHEX ESG Index Listed Companies</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/12</link>
	<description>Corporate social responsibility (CSR) and sustainability have proliferated the corporate boardroom agenda and companies&amp;amp;rsquo; leadership teams are trying to find ways to improve their social and environmental performance and enhance their corporate governance management systems. This paper investigates the main CSR and sustainability-related standards that modern corporations use. To do so, it uses a sample of the 60 companies listed in the ATHEX ESG index. Firstly, a content analysis of those companies&amp;amp;rsquo; sustainability reports is conducted. The 60 companies are categorized into sectors according to the Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS). The sustainability standards used by each sector are grouped into four categories, namely environmental, social, governance, and reporting. Furthermore, an attempt is made to establish a link between the standards used and both the sectors they belong to and the material topics of each sector as they emerge from each company&amp;amp;rsquo;s materiality analysis. Our research shows that our sample companies predominantly utilize reporting standards regardless of their sector. We did not establish a definitive relation between the prioritized material topics and the relative standards employed by the companies. We may have recognized certain pairings such as environmental material topics with relative environmental management systems, but not in a rigid manner or across all material topic categories.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-04-22</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 12: Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), Sustainability and ESG Standards Used by ATHEX ESG Index Listed Companies</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/12">doi: 10.3390/standards5020012</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Triantafyllos Papafloratos
		Garyfallos Fragidis
		</p>
	<p>Corporate social responsibility (CSR) and sustainability have proliferated the corporate boardroom agenda and companies&amp;amp;rsquo; leadership teams are trying to find ways to improve their social and environmental performance and enhance their corporate governance management systems. This paper investigates the main CSR and sustainability-related standards that modern corporations use. To do so, it uses a sample of the 60 companies listed in the ATHEX ESG index. Firstly, a content analysis of those companies&amp;amp;rsquo; sustainability reports is conducted. The 60 companies are categorized into sectors according to the Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS). The sustainability standards used by each sector are grouped into four categories, namely environmental, social, governance, and reporting. Furthermore, an attempt is made to establish a link between the standards used and both the sectors they belong to and the material topics of each sector as they emerge from each company&amp;amp;rsquo;s materiality analysis. Our research shows that our sample companies predominantly utilize reporting standards regardless of their sector. We did not establish a definitive relation between the prioritized material topics and the relative standards employed by the companies. We may have recognized certain pairings such as environmental material topics with relative environmental management systems, but not in a rigid manner or across all material topic categories.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), Sustainability and ESG Standards Used by ATHEX ESG Index Listed Companies</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Triantafyllos Papafloratos</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Garyfallos Fragidis</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5020012</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-04-22</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-04-22</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>12</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5020012</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/12</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/11">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 11: Evaluating the Potential of Roof Water Harvesting System for Drinking Water Supplies During Emergencies Under the Impacts of Climate Change: &amp;lsquo;A Case Study of Swat District, Pakistan&amp;rsquo;</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/11</link>
	<description>It is well understood that climate change is a major cause of the environmental shifts that are significantly impacting human lives. The floods caused by climate change are not only occurring more frequently each year, but they also bring up the problem of access to clean water for drinking and other daily usage for the affected communities. The Swat district of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province in Pakistan is one of the impacted regions and the growing concern for clean water access is yet to be resolved. This study aims to propose a sustainable solution to water access during the emergencies, particularly in flood and drought situations. While the roof water harvesting system (RWHS) is well established and functional in many developed regions, its potential remains underexplored in Pakistan. This research study analyzed the climate change projection data for the Saidu Sharif region of Swat. The regional climate data are gathered from the Shared Socio-economic Pathways (SSPs) for the period from 2015 to 2045. Five general circulation models (GCMs) were selected based on their performance in South Asian climate simulations. Analysis of the regional forecasted climate data indicates that almost all of the five climate models have predicted the periods of excessive rainfall to occur in the months of July, August, and September, while prolonged dry seasons may last between 271 and 325 days annually. Hydrological modeling was used to estimate RWHS performance, which incorporated the key parameters such as catchment area, runoff coefficient, and rainfall intensity. The findings suggest that the proposed RWHS could meet basic drinking water needs during the floods and even during the drought periods near around 100% satisfaction of water demand under certain conditions. For example, for an average drought period of 273 days, a household of seven people with a per capita daily water demand of 17 L requires a storage capacity of 33 m3. On the other hand, for a maximum drought duration of 325 days, the required storage volume increases to 39 m3. Demand satisfaction calculations are also used to evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed model. This research contributes to addressing the growing water scarcity challenge posed by climate change in the Swat region and offers a sustainable and practical solution.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-04-02</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 11: Evaluating the Potential of Roof Water Harvesting System for Drinking Water Supplies During Emergencies Under the Impacts of Climate Change: &amp;lsquo;A Case Study of Swat District, Pakistan&amp;rsquo;</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/11">doi: 10.3390/standards5020011</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Shamaima Wafa Qammar
		Fayaz Ahmad Khan
		Rashid Rehan
		</p>
	<p>It is well understood that climate change is a major cause of the environmental shifts that are significantly impacting human lives. The floods caused by climate change are not only occurring more frequently each year, but they also bring up the problem of access to clean water for drinking and other daily usage for the affected communities. The Swat district of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province in Pakistan is one of the impacted regions and the growing concern for clean water access is yet to be resolved. This study aims to propose a sustainable solution to water access during the emergencies, particularly in flood and drought situations. While the roof water harvesting system (RWHS) is well established and functional in many developed regions, its potential remains underexplored in Pakistan. This research study analyzed the climate change projection data for the Saidu Sharif region of Swat. The regional climate data are gathered from the Shared Socio-economic Pathways (SSPs) for the period from 2015 to 2045. Five general circulation models (GCMs) were selected based on their performance in South Asian climate simulations. Analysis of the regional forecasted climate data indicates that almost all of the five climate models have predicted the periods of excessive rainfall to occur in the months of July, August, and September, while prolonged dry seasons may last between 271 and 325 days annually. Hydrological modeling was used to estimate RWHS performance, which incorporated the key parameters such as catchment area, runoff coefficient, and rainfall intensity. The findings suggest that the proposed RWHS could meet basic drinking water needs during the floods and even during the drought periods near around 100% satisfaction of water demand under certain conditions. For example, for an average drought period of 273 days, a household of seven people with a per capita daily water demand of 17 L requires a storage capacity of 33 m3. On the other hand, for a maximum drought duration of 325 days, the required storage volume increases to 39 m3. Demand satisfaction calculations are also used to evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed model. This research contributes to addressing the growing water scarcity challenge posed by climate change in the Swat region and offers a sustainable and practical solution.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Evaluating the Potential of Roof Water Harvesting System for Drinking Water Supplies During Emergencies Under the Impacts of Climate Change: &amp;amp;lsquo;A Case Study of Swat District, Pakistan&amp;amp;rsquo;</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Shamaima Wafa Qammar</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Fayaz Ahmad Khan</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Rashid Rehan</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5020011</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-04-02</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-04-02</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>11</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5020011</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/11</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/10">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 10: Assessment of the Benefits of the ISO/IEC 42001 AI Management System: Insights from Selected Brazilian Logistics Experts: An Empirical Study</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/10</link>
	<description>(1) Background: This study aimed to analyze and rank the benefits of adopting Artificial Intelligence (AI) in the logistics area, considering the opinions of professionals working in the Brazilian logistics sector through the implementation of ISO/IEC 42001. (2) Methods: The procedures adopted included a literature review to identify the benefits of the use and the application of a survey aimed at professionals in the logistics sector. The analysis used the TOPSIS method to identify and rank the most decisive benefits. (3) Results: Of the 15 benefits mapped in the literature, the professionals attributed the greatest importance to customer satisfaction, operational efficiency, incentives for innovation, and improving the company&amp;amp;rsquo;s image and competitive advantage. The results indicate that adopting ISO/IEC 42001 not only promotes process optimization and cost reduction, but also encourages innovation and strengthens competitiveness in the market. (4) Conclusions: The implementation of this standard is vital for companies in the logistics sector, especially in a Brazilian context of major infrastructural and regulatory challenges. The findings highlight the need for a strategic approach to the adoption of AI, emphasizing the importance of efficient logistics management and ethical practices in the application of this technology.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-03-21</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 10: Assessment of the Benefits of the ISO/IEC 42001 AI Management System: Insights from Selected Brazilian Logistics Experts: An Empirical Study</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/10">doi: 10.3390/standards5020010</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Alanna Oeiras da Costa Mazzinghy
		Raurielly Maria dos Santos e Silva
		Reimison Moreira Fernandes
		Edney Dias Batista
		Ailson Renan Santos Picanço
		Nathália Jucá Monteiro
		Daniel Meireles de Amorim
		Brenda de Farias Oliveira Cardoso
		Jonhatan Magno Norte da Silva
		Vitor William Batista Martins
		</p>
	<p>(1) Background: This study aimed to analyze and rank the benefits of adopting Artificial Intelligence (AI) in the logistics area, considering the opinions of professionals working in the Brazilian logistics sector through the implementation of ISO/IEC 42001. (2) Methods: The procedures adopted included a literature review to identify the benefits of the use and the application of a survey aimed at professionals in the logistics sector. The analysis used the TOPSIS method to identify and rank the most decisive benefits. (3) Results: Of the 15 benefits mapped in the literature, the professionals attributed the greatest importance to customer satisfaction, operational efficiency, incentives for innovation, and improving the company&amp;amp;rsquo;s image and competitive advantage. The results indicate that adopting ISO/IEC 42001 not only promotes process optimization and cost reduction, but also encourages innovation and strengthens competitiveness in the market. (4) Conclusions: The implementation of this standard is vital for companies in the logistics sector, especially in a Brazilian context of major infrastructural and regulatory challenges. The findings highlight the need for a strategic approach to the adoption of AI, emphasizing the importance of efficient logistics management and ethical practices in the application of this technology.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Assessment of the Benefits of the ISO/IEC 42001 AI Management System: Insights from Selected Brazilian Logistics Experts: An Empirical Study</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Alanna Oeiras da Costa Mazzinghy</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Raurielly Maria dos Santos e Silva</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Reimison Moreira Fernandes</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Edney Dias Batista</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ailson Renan Santos Picanço</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Nathália Jucá Monteiro</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Daniel Meireles de Amorim</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Brenda de Farias Oliveira Cardoso</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jonhatan Magno Norte da Silva</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Vitor William Batista Martins</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5020010</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-03-21</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-03-21</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>10</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5020010</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/2/10</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/9">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 9: Effectiveness of YOLO Architectures in Tree Detection: Impact of Hyperparameter Tuning and SGD, Adam, and AdamW Optimizers</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/9</link>
	<description>This study investigates the optimization of tree detection in static images using YOLOv5, YOLOv8, and YOLOv11 models, leveraging a custom non-standard image bank created exclusively for this research. Objectives: To enhance tree detection in static images by comparing the performance of YOLOv5, YOLOv8, and YOLOv11 models. The comparison involved hyperparameter tuning and the application of various optimizers, aiming to improve model performance in terms of precision, recall, F1, and mean average precision (mAP). Design/Methodology/Approach: A custom image bank was utilized to train YOLOv5, YOLOv8, and YOLOv11 models. During training, the hyperparameters&amp;amp;rsquo; learning rate and momentum were tuned in combination with the optimizers SGD, Adam, and AdamW. Performance metrics, including precision, recall, F1, and mAP, were analyzed for each configuration. Key Results: The optimization process achieved precision values of 100% with Adam for YOLOv8 and SGD for YOLOv11, and recall of 91.5% with AdamW on YOLOv8. Additionally, mAP values reached 95.6% for AdamW on YOLOv8 and 95.2% for SGD on YOLOv11. Convergence times for mAP were also significantly reduced, demonstrating faster training and enhanced overall model performance. Originality/Research gap: This study addresses a gap in tree detection using YOLO models trained on non-standard image banks, a topic that is less commonly explored in the literature. The exclusive development of a custom image bank further adds novelty to the research. Practical Implications: The findings underscore the effectiveness of model optimization in tree detection tasks using custom datasets. This methodology could be extended to other applications requiring object detection in non-standard image banks. Limitations of the investigation: This study is limited to tree detection within a single custom dataset and does not evaluate the generalizability of these optimizations to other datasets or object detection tasks.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-03-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 9: Effectiveness of YOLO Architectures in Tree Detection: Impact of Hyperparameter Tuning and SGD, Adam, and AdamW Optimizers</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/9">doi: 10.3390/standards5010009</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		André Magalhães Moraes
		Luiz Felipe Pugliese
		Rafael Francisco dos Santos
		Giovani Bernardes Vitor
		Rodrigo Aparecido da Silva Braga
		Fernanda Rodrigues da Silva
		</p>
	<p>This study investigates the optimization of tree detection in static images using YOLOv5, YOLOv8, and YOLOv11 models, leveraging a custom non-standard image bank created exclusively for this research. Objectives: To enhance tree detection in static images by comparing the performance of YOLOv5, YOLOv8, and YOLOv11 models. The comparison involved hyperparameter tuning and the application of various optimizers, aiming to improve model performance in terms of precision, recall, F1, and mean average precision (mAP). Design/Methodology/Approach: A custom image bank was utilized to train YOLOv5, YOLOv8, and YOLOv11 models. During training, the hyperparameters&amp;amp;rsquo; learning rate and momentum were tuned in combination with the optimizers SGD, Adam, and AdamW. Performance metrics, including precision, recall, F1, and mAP, were analyzed for each configuration. Key Results: The optimization process achieved precision values of 100% with Adam for YOLOv8 and SGD for YOLOv11, and recall of 91.5% with AdamW on YOLOv8. Additionally, mAP values reached 95.6% for AdamW on YOLOv8 and 95.2% for SGD on YOLOv11. Convergence times for mAP were also significantly reduced, demonstrating faster training and enhanced overall model performance. Originality/Research gap: This study addresses a gap in tree detection using YOLO models trained on non-standard image banks, a topic that is less commonly explored in the literature. The exclusive development of a custom image bank further adds novelty to the research. Practical Implications: The findings underscore the effectiveness of model optimization in tree detection tasks using custom datasets. This methodology could be extended to other applications requiring object detection in non-standard image banks. Limitations of the investigation: This study is limited to tree detection within a single custom dataset and does not evaluate the generalizability of these optimizations to other datasets or object detection tasks.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Effectiveness of YOLO Architectures in Tree Detection: Impact of Hyperparameter Tuning and SGD, Adam, and AdamW Optimizers</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>André Magalhães Moraes</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Luiz Felipe Pugliese</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Rafael Francisco dos Santos</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Giovani Bernardes Vitor</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Rodrigo Aparecido da Silva Braga</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Fernanda Rodrigues da Silva</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5010009</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-03-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-03-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>9</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5010009</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/9</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/8">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 8: Advancing Social Sustainability in BREEAM New Construction Certification Standards</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/8</link>
	<description>BREEAM (Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method) is widely recognized for promoting environmental sustainability in the built environment, with a strong focus on energy efficiency, resource management, and ecological impact. However, as sustainability entails environmental and economic dimensions but also social dimensions, the current BREEAM New Construction standards do not fully address social sustainability targets. This article explores the potential for expanding BREEAM New Construction standards to more comprehensively incorporate social sustainability, ensuring that certified projects contribute to the well-being of their occupants and surrounding communities. Through a review of existing BREEAM categories, technical manuals, standards, and an analysis of gaps related to social sustainability, this paper identifies key areas for potential improvement, including user satisfaction, protecting workers&amp;amp;rsquo; and human rights, legacy planning, education and skills, and emergency response planning. These gaps are mapped against existing BREEAM categories and credits, with recommendations to introduce additional credits across the categories of management, materials, energy, waste, land use and ecology, health and well-being, and water. Additionally, this paper highlights the importance of transdisciplinary collaboration&amp;amp;mdash;bringing together architects, urban planners, social scientists, and public health experts&amp;amp;mdash;to effectively address the complexity of social sustainability in building design and certification. The proposed additions to BREEAM New Construction standards, alongside recommendations for industry and policymakers, offer guidelines for the evolution of green building certifications toward a more holistic approach to sustainability. This shift ensures that future certified buildings reduce environmental impact and promote social equity, health, and community well-being simultaneously.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-03-03</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 8: Advancing Social Sustainability in BREEAM New Construction Certification Standards</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/8">doi: 10.3390/standards5010008</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Anosh Nadeem Butt
		</p>
	<p>BREEAM (Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method) is widely recognized for promoting environmental sustainability in the built environment, with a strong focus on energy efficiency, resource management, and ecological impact. However, as sustainability entails environmental and economic dimensions but also social dimensions, the current BREEAM New Construction standards do not fully address social sustainability targets. This article explores the potential for expanding BREEAM New Construction standards to more comprehensively incorporate social sustainability, ensuring that certified projects contribute to the well-being of their occupants and surrounding communities. Through a review of existing BREEAM categories, technical manuals, standards, and an analysis of gaps related to social sustainability, this paper identifies key areas for potential improvement, including user satisfaction, protecting workers&amp;amp;rsquo; and human rights, legacy planning, education and skills, and emergency response planning. These gaps are mapped against existing BREEAM categories and credits, with recommendations to introduce additional credits across the categories of management, materials, energy, waste, land use and ecology, health and well-being, and water. Additionally, this paper highlights the importance of transdisciplinary collaboration&amp;amp;mdash;bringing together architects, urban planners, social scientists, and public health experts&amp;amp;mdash;to effectively address the complexity of social sustainability in building design and certification. The proposed additions to BREEAM New Construction standards, alongside recommendations for industry and policymakers, offer guidelines for the evolution of green building certifications toward a more holistic approach to sustainability. This shift ensures that future certified buildings reduce environmental impact and promote social equity, health, and community well-being simultaneously.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Advancing Social Sustainability in BREEAM New Construction Certification Standards</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Anosh Nadeem Butt</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5010008</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-03-03</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-03-03</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>8</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5010008</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/8</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/7">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 7: Asymmetric Effect of Natural Resource Exploitation on Climate Change in Resource-Rich African Countries</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/7</link>
	<description>This study investigated the asymmetric impact of natural resource exploitation on climate change in resource-rich African countries, based on panel data from 1980 to 2022. The dynamic common correlated effect (DCCE) and dynamic seemingly unrelated regression (DSUR) econometric techniques were employed to evaluate the long-term effects of positive shocks and negative shocks to natural resource exploitation. The findings revealed a positive relationship between both positive and negative shocks to natural resource exploitation and temperature, with increases in natural resource exploitation exerting a more intensified impact on temperature than decreases. In contrast, both positive and negative changes in natural resource exploitation are negatively related to precipitation, with an increased exploitation intensity having a more pronounced effect on rainfall patterns. The study also highlights the critical role of control variables such as GDP per capita, urban population, and total energy consumption in altering temperature and precipitation patterns. The findings underscore the importance of adopting sustainable natural resource extraction practices, integrating green technologies, and promoting collaboration across natural resource exploitation and renewable energy value chains to mitigate the negative impacts of natural resource exploitation.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-02-28</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 7: Asymmetric Effect of Natural Resource Exploitation on Climate Change in Resource-Rich African Countries</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/7">doi: 10.3390/standards5010007</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Adewale Samuel Hassan
		</p>
	<p>This study investigated the asymmetric impact of natural resource exploitation on climate change in resource-rich African countries, based on panel data from 1980 to 2022. The dynamic common correlated effect (DCCE) and dynamic seemingly unrelated regression (DSUR) econometric techniques were employed to evaluate the long-term effects of positive shocks and negative shocks to natural resource exploitation. The findings revealed a positive relationship between both positive and negative shocks to natural resource exploitation and temperature, with increases in natural resource exploitation exerting a more intensified impact on temperature than decreases. In contrast, both positive and negative changes in natural resource exploitation are negatively related to precipitation, with an increased exploitation intensity having a more pronounced effect on rainfall patterns. The study also highlights the critical role of control variables such as GDP per capita, urban population, and total energy consumption in altering temperature and precipitation patterns. The findings underscore the importance of adopting sustainable natural resource extraction practices, integrating green technologies, and promoting collaboration across natural resource exploitation and renewable energy value chains to mitigate the negative impacts of natural resource exploitation.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Asymmetric Effect of Natural Resource Exploitation on Climate Change in Resource-Rich African Countries</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Adewale Samuel Hassan</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5010007</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-02-28</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-02-28</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>7</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5010007</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/7</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/6">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 6: Effective Practices for Implementing Quality Control Circles Aligned with ISO Quality Standards: Insights from Employees and Managers in the Food Industry</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/6</link>
	<description>Quality control circles (QCCs) are a proven method for fostering continuous improvement through employee involvement. However, the implementation process and organizational impact of QCCs in the food industry remain underexplored. This case study evaluates the implementation of QCCs by examining the benefits and challenges perceived by employees and managers, assessing QCC alignment with ISO standards, and providing actionable recommendations to optimize QCC implementation. Using a mixed-methods approach, the employee findings indicate that QCCs promote continuous improvement, enhance productivity, foster a positive culture of quality, and strengthen engagement and responsibility for product and process quality. Employees felt that their ideas were valued and that they received constructive feedback from leadership. However, they also identified challenges related to training and resource availability. From a managerial perspective, the ISO diagnostic tool revealed a 78.28% compliance rate with the QCC program planning, quality procedures, action plans, quality management system alignment, and documentation. Non-conformities included insufficient monitoring solutions, absence of effectiveness indicators, lack of risk assessments, and insufficient resources. Although managers acknowledged benefits such as improved engagement and communication, challenges such as limited human resources, high demand, and resistance to change were also noted. This paper concludes with recommendations for enhancing future QCC cycles and for creating a structured implementation process.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-02-27</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 6: Effective Practices for Implementing Quality Control Circles Aligned with ISO Quality Standards: Insights from Employees and Managers in the Food Industry</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/6">doi: 10.3390/standards5010006</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Ana Beatriz Silva de Lima
		Claudia Editt Tornero Becerra
		Amanda Duarte Feitosa
		André Philippi Gonzaga de Albuquerque
		Fagner José Coutinho de Melo
		Denise Dumke de Medeiros
		</p>
	<p>Quality control circles (QCCs) are a proven method for fostering continuous improvement through employee involvement. However, the implementation process and organizational impact of QCCs in the food industry remain underexplored. This case study evaluates the implementation of QCCs by examining the benefits and challenges perceived by employees and managers, assessing QCC alignment with ISO standards, and providing actionable recommendations to optimize QCC implementation. Using a mixed-methods approach, the employee findings indicate that QCCs promote continuous improvement, enhance productivity, foster a positive culture of quality, and strengthen engagement and responsibility for product and process quality. Employees felt that their ideas were valued and that they received constructive feedback from leadership. However, they also identified challenges related to training and resource availability. From a managerial perspective, the ISO diagnostic tool revealed a 78.28% compliance rate with the QCC program planning, quality procedures, action plans, quality management system alignment, and documentation. Non-conformities included insufficient monitoring solutions, absence of effectiveness indicators, lack of risk assessments, and insufficient resources. Although managers acknowledged benefits such as improved engagement and communication, challenges such as limited human resources, high demand, and resistance to change were also noted. This paper concludes with recommendations for enhancing future QCC cycles and for creating a structured implementation process.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Effective Practices for Implementing Quality Control Circles Aligned with ISO Quality Standards: Insights from Employees and Managers in the Food Industry</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Ana Beatriz Silva de Lima</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Claudia Editt Tornero Becerra</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Amanda Duarte Feitosa</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>André Philippi Gonzaga de Albuquerque</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Fagner José Coutinho de Melo</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Denise Dumke de Medeiros</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5010006</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-02-27</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-02-27</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>6</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5010006</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/6</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/5">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 5: Evaluating the Leader&amp;rsquo;s Profile from the Team Members&amp;rsquo; Perspective: A Case Study Applying Johari&amp;rsquo;s Window</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/5</link>
	<description>Leadership in an organizational environment is responsible for enabling team members to achieve their daily objectives. Leadership has evolved continuously over time, demonstrating flexibility as a core aspect of its essence. In an organizational setting, the feedback between leaders and led has great significance, particularly for teams with shared goals. This study aims to analyze the leader&amp;amp;rsquo;s behavior using the Johari Window tool from the subordinates&amp;amp;rsquo; perspective in a food company, providing feedback on the leader&amp;amp;rsquo;s behavior to foster a more harmonious relationship. This study adopts an applied methodology with a descriptive objective and qualitative approach, utilizing the Johari Window framework to conduct a case study. Data collection involved administering questionnaires to gather insights into the behavior of both the sector leader and those being led. The results indicate that 60% of employees have different perceptions from the sector manager, concentrated in the &amp;amp;ldquo;Blind&amp;amp;rdquo; area, suggesting infrequent feedback exchanges. This could occur in situations in which behaviors are visible to others, but unnoticed by the leader. Therefore, communication is a critical element in the management of an organization. When practiced clearly and objectively, managers can follow paths that lead to effective and efficient decision-making.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-02-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 5: Evaluating the Leader&amp;rsquo;s Profile from the Team Members&amp;rsquo; Perspective: A Case Study Applying Johari&amp;rsquo;s Window</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/5">doi: 10.3390/standards5010005</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Daniel Barbosa dos Santos Silva
		Claudia Editt Tornero Becerra
		Amanda Duarte Feitosa
		André Philippi Gonzaga de Albuquerque
		Fagner José Coutinho de Melo
		Denise Dumke de Medeiros
		</p>
	<p>Leadership in an organizational environment is responsible for enabling team members to achieve their daily objectives. Leadership has evolved continuously over time, demonstrating flexibility as a core aspect of its essence. In an organizational setting, the feedback between leaders and led has great significance, particularly for teams with shared goals. This study aims to analyze the leader&amp;amp;rsquo;s behavior using the Johari Window tool from the subordinates&amp;amp;rsquo; perspective in a food company, providing feedback on the leader&amp;amp;rsquo;s behavior to foster a more harmonious relationship. This study adopts an applied methodology with a descriptive objective and qualitative approach, utilizing the Johari Window framework to conduct a case study. Data collection involved administering questionnaires to gather insights into the behavior of both the sector leader and those being led. The results indicate that 60% of employees have different perceptions from the sector manager, concentrated in the &amp;amp;ldquo;Blind&amp;amp;rdquo; area, suggesting infrequent feedback exchanges. This could occur in situations in which behaviors are visible to others, but unnoticed by the leader. Therefore, communication is a critical element in the management of an organization. When practiced clearly and objectively, managers can follow paths that lead to effective and efficient decision-making.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Evaluating the Leader&amp;amp;rsquo;s Profile from the Team Members&amp;amp;rsquo; Perspective: A Case Study Applying Johari&amp;amp;rsquo;s Window</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Daniel Barbosa dos Santos Silva</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Claudia Editt Tornero Becerra</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Amanda Duarte Feitosa</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>André Philippi Gonzaga de Albuquerque</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Fagner José Coutinho de Melo</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Denise Dumke de Medeiros</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5010005</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-02-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-02-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>5</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5010005</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/5</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/4">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 4: Integrating Climate Change Adaptation and Water Resource Management: A Critical Overview</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/4</link>
	<description>Water resources are increasingly vulnerable due to the effects of climate change, which influences both their availability and quality. It is crucial to incorporate climate change adaptation strategies into water resource management to address these challenges and support sustainable practices. This article provides a critical overview of recent advancements in this integration, addressing both theoretical frameworks and practical applications. The discussion highlights the importance of distinguishing between mitigation and adaptation strategies, emphasizing their unique characteristics and interdependencies. Climate change alters water quality through increased temperatures, altered precipitation patterns, and extreme weather events, necessitating adaptive strategies to maintain water quality. Immediate coping strategies, such as alternative water sources and filtration systems, address pressing issues but must be complemented by incremental and transformational strategies for long-term resilience. Incremental strategies include upgrading infrastructure and enhancing agricultural practices, while transformational strategies involve comprehensive changes like redesigning urban water systems and revising water governance frameworks. This article identifies socio-economic constraints, awareness gaps, and data deficiencies as significant challenges to effective adaptation. It advocates for integrating climate and water policies, enhancing international co-operation, and investing in innovation and technology. Case studies from India and Vietnam illustrate successful integration of climate adaptation into water management, providing valuable insights for other regions. Overall, a holistic, multi-faceted approach is essential to secure a sustainable water future in the face of climate change.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-02-11</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 4: Integrating Climate Change Adaptation and Water Resource Management: A Critical Overview</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/4">doi: 10.3390/standards5010004</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		André Lindner
		Jürgen Stamm
		</p>
	<p>Water resources are increasingly vulnerable due to the effects of climate change, which influences both their availability and quality. It is crucial to incorporate climate change adaptation strategies into water resource management to address these challenges and support sustainable practices. This article provides a critical overview of recent advancements in this integration, addressing both theoretical frameworks and practical applications. The discussion highlights the importance of distinguishing between mitigation and adaptation strategies, emphasizing their unique characteristics and interdependencies. Climate change alters water quality through increased temperatures, altered precipitation patterns, and extreme weather events, necessitating adaptive strategies to maintain water quality. Immediate coping strategies, such as alternative water sources and filtration systems, address pressing issues but must be complemented by incremental and transformational strategies for long-term resilience. Incremental strategies include upgrading infrastructure and enhancing agricultural practices, while transformational strategies involve comprehensive changes like redesigning urban water systems and revising water governance frameworks. This article identifies socio-economic constraints, awareness gaps, and data deficiencies as significant challenges to effective adaptation. It advocates for integrating climate and water policies, enhancing international co-operation, and investing in innovation and technology. Case studies from India and Vietnam illustrate successful integration of climate adaptation into water management, providing valuable insights for other regions. Overall, a holistic, multi-faceted approach is essential to secure a sustainable water future in the face of climate change.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Integrating Climate Change Adaptation and Water Resource Management: A Critical Overview</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>André Lindner</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jürgen Stamm</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5010004</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-02-11</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-02-11</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Perspective</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>4</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5010004</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/4</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/3">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 3: Smart Education for Corporate Sustainability Reporting</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/3</link>
	<description>The European Union&amp;amp;rsquo;s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive expanded its Non-Financial Reporting Directive requirements to companies with over 250 employees, mandating their sustainability reporting from 2025. This expansion will quadruple the number of companies subject to mandatory reporting, presenting new challenges for their managers and responsible employees. Companies will have to report according to the European Sustainability Reporting Standards. This article addresses gaps in vocational education and training (VET) programs related to sustainability knowledge and reporting. It aims to establish a unified approach for VET teachers and learners across the EU, preparing them for the evolving job market demands. The methodology ADDIE (Analysis/Design/Development/Implementation/Evaluation) was used to develop the curriculum and training. The research began by creating a knowledge repository and a questionnaire, focusing on current reporting practices and job requirements, and continued with preparing materials for the training course. The course encompassed six learning units: (1) European legislation and sustainability standards, (2) sustainability management, (3&amp;amp;ndash;5) environmental, social, and corporate dimensions, and (6) sustainability reporting. The initiative included multiplier (dissemination) events, pilot applications, and online course tests. To deliver the course effectively, an interactive e-learning platform was developed; gamification elements and other engaging activities were included to enhance learning outcomes.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-02-06</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 3: Smart Education for Corporate Sustainability Reporting</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/3">doi: 10.3390/standards5010003</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Peter Glavič
		Helena Levičnik
		Aida Szilagyi
		Ibon Zugasti
		Thomas Schönfelder
		Marek Rosicki
		Pavel Ruzicka
		Veronika Hajná
		</p>
	<p>The European Union&amp;amp;rsquo;s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive expanded its Non-Financial Reporting Directive requirements to companies with over 250 employees, mandating their sustainability reporting from 2025. This expansion will quadruple the number of companies subject to mandatory reporting, presenting new challenges for their managers and responsible employees. Companies will have to report according to the European Sustainability Reporting Standards. This article addresses gaps in vocational education and training (VET) programs related to sustainability knowledge and reporting. It aims to establish a unified approach for VET teachers and learners across the EU, preparing them for the evolving job market demands. The methodology ADDIE (Analysis/Design/Development/Implementation/Evaluation) was used to develop the curriculum and training. The research began by creating a knowledge repository and a questionnaire, focusing on current reporting practices and job requirements, and continued with preparing materials for the training course. The course encompassed six learning units: (1) European legislation and sustainability standards, (2) sustainability management, (3&amp;amp;ndash;5) environmental, social, and corporate dimensions, and (6) sustainability reporting. The initiative included multiplier (dissemination) events, pilot applications, and online course tests. To deliver the course effectively, an interactive e-learning platform was developed; gamification elements and other engaging activities were included to enhance learning outcomes.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Smart Education for Corporate Sustainability Reporting</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Peter Glavič</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Helena Levičnik</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Aida Szilagyi</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ibon Zugasti</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Thomas Schönfelder</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Marek Rosicki</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Pavel Ruzicka</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Veronika Hajná</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5010003</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-02-06</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-02-06</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>3</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5010003</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/3</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/2">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 2: A Risk Analysis Model for Biosecurity in Brazil Using the Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP)</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/2</link>
	<description>This study proposes a risk analysis model based on the principles of ISO 31000 and decision theory for biological agents with potential for offensive use in Brazil. Bibliographic research was conducted on the main models already published on the subject. The German risk classification system was adopted as the main reference because it is adjustable and adopts a semiquantitative approach. After translating and adapting this model to the Brazilian context, the analytic hierarchy process (AHP) was applied to generate a hierarchical tree with criteria and subcriteria to be considered in the risk assessment. A questionnaire was administered to a group of experts to evaluate the relevant criteria and subcriteria and the risks related to three biological agents (Bacillus anthracis, Yersinia pestis, and Francisella tularensis), which were selected in an exploratory manner to exemplify the application of the model. According to the results, the criterion of impact of a biological attack was given greater importance when compared with the probability of occurrence of this event. According to the subcriteria, the greatest weight was attributed to human health when compared with agriculture, the environment, or the economy. Finally, in the evaluation of the three pathogens, B. anthracis was identified as having the highest risk for offensive use in Brazil. This research is focused on a practical approach and can be implemented by competent agencies to foster their capacity for biological defense by determining which pathogens represent the greatest risk to society.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-01-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 2: A Risk Analysis Model for Biosecurity in Brazil Using the Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP)</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/2">doi: 10.3390/standards5010002</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Fillipe Augusto da Silva
		Adriana Marcos Vivoni
		Harrison Magdinier Gomes
		Leonardo Augusto dos Santos Oliveira
		Annibal Parracho Sant’Anna
		Luiz Octávio Gavião
		</p>
	<p>This study proposes a risk analysis model based on the principles of ISO 31000 and decision theory for biological agents with potential for offensive use in Brazil. Bibliographic research was conducted on the main models already published on the subject. The German risk classification system was adopted as the main reference because it is adjustable and adopts a semiquantitative approach. After translating and adapting this model to the Brazilian context, the analytic hierarchy process (AHP) was applied to generate a hierarchical tree with criteria and subcriteria to be considered in the risk assessment. A questionnaire was administered to a group of experts to evaluate the relevant criteria and subcriteria and the risks related to three biological agents (Bacillus anthracis, Yersinia pestis, and Francisella tularensis), which were selected in an exploratory manner to exemplify the application of the model. According to the results, the criterion of impact of a biological attack was given greater importance when compared with the probability of occurrence of this event. According to the subcriteria, the greatest weight was attributed to human health when compared with agriculture, the environment, or the economy. Finally, in the evaluation of the three pathogens, B. anthracis was identified as having the highest risk for offensive use in Brazil. This research is focused on a practical approach and can be implemented by competent agencies to foster their capacity for biological defense by determining which pathogens represent the greatest risk to society.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>A Risk Analysis Model for Biosecurity in Brazil Using the Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP)</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Fillipe Augusto da Silva</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Adriana Marcos Vivoni</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Harrison Magdinier Gomes</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Leonardo Augusto dos Santos Oliveira</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Annibal Parracho Sant’Anna</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Luiz Octávio Gavião</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5010002</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-01-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-01-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>2</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5010002</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/2</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/1">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 1: Swell Magnitude of Unsaturated Clay as Affected by Different Wetting Conditions</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/1</link>
	<description>The wetting of compacted clays and their subsequent swelling often result in damage to structures and infrastructures. Estimations of the swell that is expected to develop during wetting are usually based on standard laboratory tests. The standard procedure requires inundating the test specimens; this procedure represents an extreme wetting condition and provides an upper limit to the swell. However, wetting may result from less extreme conditions, for example by the absorption of water due to suction forces, which may result in a smaller swell. This paper describes a laboratory investigation of the swell difference in high-plasticity clay that may result from different wetting conditions. Swell tests were carried out on specimens prepared at different initial conditions and wetted under different wetting conditions of inundation or absorption. The results indicate that as the initial void ratio decreases and the degree of saturation increases, it is more likely that different wetting conditions will result in different swell magnitudes, where inundation may create a larger swell than absorption. The soil at a low initial void ratio and high degree of saturation seems to be characterized by mono-modal pore size distributions in the micropore range. This unique pore size distribution may be the explanation of the different swell magnitudes.</description>
	<pubDate>2025-01-06</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 5, Pages 1: Swell Magnitude of Unsaturated Clay as Affected by Different Wetting Conditions</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/1">doi: 10.3390/standards5010001</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Shay Nachum
		</p>
	<p>The wetting of compacted clays and their subsequent swelling often result in damage to structures and infrastructures. Estimations of the swell that is expected to develop during wetting are usually based on standard laboratory tests. The standard procedure requires inundating the test specimens; this procedure represents an extreme wetting condition and provides an upper limit to the swell. However, wetting may result from less extreme conditions, for example by the absorption of water due to suction forces, which may result in a smaller swell. This paper describes a laboratory investigation of the swell difference in high-plasticity clay that may result from different wetting conditions. Swell tests were carried out on specimens prepared at different initial conditions and wetted under different wetting conditions of inundation or absorption. The results indicate that as the initial void ratio decreases and the degree of saturation increases, it is more likely that different wetting conditions will result in different swell magnitudes, where inundation may create a larger swell than absorption. The soil at a low initial void ratio and high degree of saturation seems to be characterized by mono-modal pore size distributions in the micropore range. This unique pore size distribution may be the explanation of the different swell magnitudes.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Swell Magnitude of Unsaturated Clay as Affected by Different Wetting Conditions</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Shay Nachum</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards5010001</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2025-01-06</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2025-01-06</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>5</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>1</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards5010001</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/5/1/1</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/14">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 286-299: Detecting the Corrosion of a Steel Rebar Using the Eddy Current Testing Method</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/14</link>
	<description>The corrosion of the steel reinforcing bar (rebar) reduces the strength capacity of concrete structures. Corrosion detection at the early stage of steel rebar implementation is important for the maintenance of concrete structures. Using the eddy current testing method, we developed a portable system to evaluate the corrosion of steel rebars. An AC current was sent to the excitation coil to produce an AC magnetic field and an eddy current was induced in the steel rebar. A detection coil was used to detect the signal produced by the eddy current. A lock-in amplifier was used to obtain the same phase signal and a 90-degree phase difference signal and an X-Y graph was plotted. From the slope of the X-Y graph, the corrosion of the steel rebar or steel wire can be evaluated. We examined the effects of excitation frequency, coil type, and coil size on the experimental results to optimize the system. The signal-to-noise ratio and the detection depth were improved with a specially designed probe.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-12-19</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 286-299: Detecting the Corrosion of a Steel Rebar Using the Eddy Current Testing Method</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/14">doi: 10.3390/standards4040014</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Dongfeng He
		</p>
	<p>The corrosion of the steel reinforcing bar (rebar) reduces the strength capacity of concrete structures. Corrosion detection at the early stage of steel rebar implementation is important for the maintenance of concrete structures. Using the eddy current testing method, we developed a portable system to evaluate the corrosion of steel rebars. An AC current was sent to the excitation coil to produce an AC magnetic field and an eddy current was induced in the steel rebar. A detection coil was used to detect the signal produced by the eddy current. A lock-in amplifier was used to obtain the same phase signal and a 90-degree phase difference signal and an X-Y graph was plotted. From the slope of the X-Y graph, the corrosion of the steel rebar or steel wire can be evaluated. We examined the effects of excitation frequency, coil type, and coil size on the experimental results to optimize the system. The signal-to-noise ratio and the detection depth were improved with a specially designed probe.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Detecting the Corrosion of a Steel Rebar Using the Eddy Current Testing Method</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Dongfeng He</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4040014</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-12-19</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-12-19</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>286</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4040014</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/14</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/13">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 262-285: Structured Representation of Pre-Defined Information Backflow in Standards and Directives</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/13</link>
	<description>This publication examines the representation of information within test specifications and formulas defined in standards and directives. This information often pre-defines not only the tests and requirements to be conducted but also the information backflow within the execution. These results are crucial for the effective management of knowledge throughout the product development process as well as for the creation and maintenance of digital representations of a physical product or plant. However, the accessibility of this information is frequently hindered by its extensive and heterogenous definition across a multitude of standards, directives, and other technical regulations. Furthermore, the pre-defined information is typically documented and processed manually on a recurring basis. Given this challenge, the following article presents a holistic two-part approach for pre-defining the information backflow of subsequent physical instances. Initially, an analysis of multiple test specifications in standards and directives is conducted, resulting in the development of a generic data model to represent this Pre-defined Information Backflow (PdIB). The second step builds on the first and defines an optimized representation for machine readability and executability for the future design of standards and directives. The two parts are brought together and validated using representative examples, thereby demonstrating the practical applicability and effectiveness of the proposed approach. This enhances the accessibility and usability of information in test specifications and formulas, thereby establishing a foundation for enhancing the efficiency of knowledge work in product development and the creation of digital representations of products and plants.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-12-13</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 262-285: Structured Representation of Pre-Defined Information Backflow in Standards and Directives</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/13">doi: 10.3390/standards4040013</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Max Layer
		Janosch Luttmer
		Arun Nagarajah
		Ralph Stelzer
		</p>
	<p>This publication examines the representation of information within test specifications and formulas defined in standards and directives. This information often pre-defines not only the tests and requirements to be conducted but also the information backflow within the execution. These results are crucial for the effective management of knowledge throughout the product development process as well as for the creation and maintenance of digital representations of a physical product or plant. However, the accessibility of this information is frequently hindered by its extensive and heterogenous definition across a multitude of standards, directives, and other technical regulations. Furthermore, the pre-defined information is typically documented and processed manually on a recurring basis. Given this challenge, the following article presents a holistic two-part approach for pre-defining the information backflow of subsequent physical instances. Initially, an analysis of multiple test specifications in standards and directives is conducted, resulting in the development of a generic data model to represent this Pre-defined Information Backflow (PdIB). The second step builds on the first and defines an optimized representation for machine readability and executability for the future design of standards and directives. The two parts are brought together and validated using representative examples, thereby demonstrating the practical applicability and effectiveness of the proposed approach. This enhances the accessibility and usability of information in test specifications and formulas, thereby establishing a foundation for enhancing the efficiency of knowledge work in product development and the creation of digital representations of products and plants.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Structured Representation of Pre-Defined Information Backflow in Standards and Directives</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Max Layer</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Janosch Luttmer</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Arun Nagarajah</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ralph Stelzer</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4040013</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-12-13</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-12-13</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>262</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4040013</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/13</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/12">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 247-261: Assessing the Environmental Sustainability Corridor: Carbon Emissions in Relation to Gold Price, Economic Growth, Foreign Direct Investment, and Renewable Energy Consumption</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/12</link>
	<description>The growing concerns about global warming and its perceived influence on economic sustainability require a reassessment of the environmental consequences of gold mining, with a special focus on BRICS countries: Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. This paper examines the environmental sustainability corridor, carbon emission, gold price, economic growth, foreign direct investment (FDI), and renewable energy use between 1989 and 2020. The long-run association among the variables is checked by us through the PMG technique. Our findings indicate that while the gold price, FDI, and renewable energy use decrease carbon emission, economic growth adds to the increase in carbon emissions in the long run. These findings bring out the dual challenge of promoting economic growth while managing environmental impact. The study underlines how policymakers need to provide regulatory frameworks which will encourage renewable energy and responsible foreign investment, as a means of trying to mitigate the environmental impacts of gold mining and achieve sustainable development. Our research adds to the continuing debate about how economic expansion can be balanced with environmental preservation for resource-rich countries.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-11-19</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 247-261: Assessing the Environmental Sustainability Corridor: Carbon Emissions in Relation to Gold Price, Economic Growth, Foreign Direct Investment, and Renewable Energy Consumption</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/12">doi: 10.3390/standards4040012</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Mehdi Seraj
		Ayantayo Rukayat Olaide
		</p>
	<p>The growing concerns about global warming and its perceived influence on economic sustainability require a reassessment of the environmental consequences of gold mining, with a special focus on BRICS countries: Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. This paper examines the environmental sustainability corridor, carbon emission, gold price, economic growth, foreign direct investment (FDI), and renewable energy use between 1989 and 2020. The long-run association among the variables is checked by us through the PMG technique. Our findings indicate that while the gold price, FDI, and renewable energy use decrease carbon emission, economic growth adds to the increase in carbon emissions in the long run. These findings bring out the dual challenge of promoting economic growth while managing environmental impact. The study underlines how policymakers need to provide regulatory frameworks which will encourage renewable energy and responsible foreign investment, as a means of trying to mitigate the environmental impacts of gold mining and achieve sustainable development. Our research adds to the continuing debate about how economic expansion can be balanced with environmental preservation for resource-rich countries.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Assessing the Environmental Sustainability Corridor: Carbon Emissions in Relation to Gold Price, Economic Growth, Foreign Direct Investment, and Renewable Energy Consumption</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Mehdi Seraj</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ayantayo Rukayat Olaide</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4040012</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-11-19</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-11-19</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>247</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4040012</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/12</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/11">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 196-246: Beyond Compliance: A Deep Dive into Improving Sustainability Reporting Quality with LCSA Indicators</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/11</link>
	<description>This study addresses the critical need for improved sustainability reporting in the construction sector, focusing on the integration of Life Cycle Sustainability Assessment (LCSA) indicators to enhance reporting quality and promote standardization. The increasing regulatory pressure from the European Commission, particularly in sustainability reporting, has intensified the demand for corporate transparency. Despite these efforts, many companies still face challenges in implementing robust sustainability performance measures. This research employs a systematic literature review alongside the case studies of three leading German construction companies to critically assess the current reporting practices and explore the integration potential of LCSA indicators. The findings highlight a significant gap between the existing sustainability disclosures and LCSA indicators, with only 7&amp;amp;ndash;19% of the assessed indicators being integrated into the current reporting practices. Although some consistency in reporting themes and qualitative disclosures is evident, the misalignment with LCSA indicators underscores the need for further integration of standardized, life cycle-based metrics. This study concludes that collaborative efforts among companies, policymakers, and LCSA researchers are required to bridge this gap, ensuring the adoption of the existing, scientifically robust indicators that enhance the precision, comparability, and transparency of sustainability reporting in the construction sector.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-10-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 196-246: Beyond Compliance: A Deep Dive into Improving Sustainability Reporting Quality with LCSA Indicators</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/11">doi: 10.3390/standards4040011</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Suzana Ostojic
		Jana Gerta Backes
		Markus Kowalski
		Marzia Traverso
		</p>
	<p>This study addresses the critical need for improved sustainability reporting in the construction sector, focusing on the integration of Life Cycle Sustainability Assessment (LCSA) indicators to enhance reporting quality and promote standardization. The increasing regulatory pressure from the European Commission, particularly in sustainability reporting, has intensified the demand for corporate transparency. Despite these efforts, many companies still face challenges in implementing robust sustainability performance measures. This research employs a systematic literature review alongside the case studies of three leading German construction companies to critically assess the current reporting practices and explore the integration potential of LCSA indicators. The findings highlight a significant gap between the existing sustainability disclosures and LCSA indicators, with only 7&amp;amp;ndash;19% of the assessed indicators being integrated into the current reporting practices. Although some consistency in reporting themes and qualitative disclosures is evident, the misalignment with LCSA indicators underscores the need for further integration of standardized, life cycle-based metrics. This study concludes that collaborative efforts among companies, policymakers, and LCSA researchers are required to bridge this gap, ensuring the adoption of the existing, scientifically robust indicators that enhance the precision, comparability, and transparency of sustainability reporting in the construction sector.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Beyond Compliance: A Deep Dive into Improving Sustainability Reporting Quality with LCSA Indicators</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Suzana Ostojic</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jana Gerta Backes</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Markus Kowalski</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Marzia Traverso</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4040011</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-10-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-10-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>196</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4040011</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/11</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/10">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 176-195: EU Environmental Protection in Regard to Sustainable Development: Myth or Reality?</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/10</link>
	<description>According to conclusions agreed to in the 1995 Report of the World Summit for Social Development and the 2015 Sustainable Development Summit, seventeen sustainable development goals (SDGs) have been ratified and published as the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. In 2022, the 8th Environment Action Programme was legally agreed upon, following the six European Green Deal priorities. These SDGs serve as a constant reminder of the importance of globally coordinated actions in compliance with the theory of sustainable development. However, more than a constant reminder, this international agreement should become the foundation for necessary change. On 22 July 2024, the daily global average temperature reached a new record high. The EU treaties signed between 1951 and 2007 laid the foundation for the creation of EU environmental policy. However, those EU treaties, along with environmental policy, form merely a non-binding and minimum set of priorities without any sanctions imposed for illegal practices. In 2021, EU member countries adopted the European Climate Law as the first legally binding document seeking to achieve goals set by the Paris Agreement and the European Green Deal. Any further EU sustainable development policies are dependent on global cooperation as a key element of survival. With the EU&amp;amp;rsquo;s dependent on the rest of the world for its energy, the forcing of any obligatory change will be hard to achieve. This proves the importance of the 17th SDG, agreed in 2015. Only global partnership for sustainable development can prevent further damage to our ecosystem and achieve priorities set by the EU and UN agendas. The review aims to present the connection between sustainable development (SD) goals defined by the European Commission, for which the most important aspects are the need to meet the environmental requirements to protect future needs in the long run, and to confront the shortcomings of European law-making practices, in which most crucial reforms are presented as non-binding legal acts. Finally, in 2024 members of the European Parliament established an extended list of environmental crimes to be regarded as punishable offences and replaced the Environmental Crime Directive, making criminal activities and offences potentially legally punishable; however, it is yet to be seen how this initiative will be incorporated within the national legislations of each EU member country and to what extent.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-10-12</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 176-195: EU Environmental Protection in Regard to Sustainable Development: Myth or Reality?</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/10">doi: 10.3390/standards4040010</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Ivana Špelić
		Alka Mihelić-Bogdanić
		</p>
	<p>According to conclusions agreed to in the 1995 Report of the World Summit for Social Development and the 2015 Sustainable Development Summit, seventeen sustainable development goals (SDGs) have been ratified and published as the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. In 2022, the 8th Environment Action Programme was legally agreed upon, following the six European Green Deal priorities. These SDGs serve as a constant reminder of the importance of globally coordinated actions in compliance with the theory of sustainable development. However, more than a constant reminder, this international agreement should become the foundation for necessary change. On 22 July 2024, the daily global average temperature reached a new record high. The EU treaties signed between 1951 and 2007 laid the foundation for the creation of EU environmental policy. However, those EU treaties, along with environmental policy, form merely a non-binding and minimum set of priorities without any sanctions imposed for illegal practices. In 2021, EU member countries adopted the European Climate Law as the first legally binding document seeking to achieve goals set by the Paris Agreement and the European Green Deal. Any further EU sustainable development policies are dependent on global cooperation as a key element of survival. With the EU&amp;amp;rsquo;s dependent on the rest of the world for its energy, the forcing of any obligatory change will be hard to achieve. This proves the importance of the 17th SDG, agreed in 2015. Only global partnership for sustainable development can prevent further damage to our ecosystem and achieve priorities set by the EU and UN agendas. The review aims to present the connection between sustainable development (SD) goals defined by the European Commission, for which the most important aspects are the need to meet the environmental requirements to protect future needs in the long run, and to confront the shortcomings of European law-making practices, in which most crucial reforms are presented as non-binding legal acts. Finally, in 2024 members of the European Parliament established an extended list of environmental crimes to be regarded as punishable offences and replaced the Environmental Crime Directive, making criminal activities and offences potentially legally punishable; however, it is yet to be seen how this initiative will be incorporated within the national legislations of each EU member country and to what extent.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>EU Environmental Protection in Regard to Sustainable Development: Myth or Reality?</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Ivana Špelić</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Alka Mihelić-Bogdanić</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4040010</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-10-12</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-10-12</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>176</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4040010</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/10</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/9">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 154-175: Sustainable Strategies for Improving Humanitarian Supply Chain Management in the United Nations Using Dynamic Capability Theory</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/9</link>
	<description>The purpose of the qualitative multiple case study was to explore the strategies some supply chain managers of the United Nations (UN) use to leverage operational efficiencies in the UN humanitarian programs. As a result, communities supporting sustainability and peace or those fostering economic development will be able to respond effectively to humanitarian crises. Moreover, the UN can remain operational and engage in political and conflict-reduction interventions integral to economic and social recovery and sustainability. This study applied the qualitative multiple case study through semi-structured interviews with nine supply chain managers in the United Nations, direct observations, document analysis, and artifacts. The research is grounded in the dynamic capability theory (DCT). The research revealed several strategies that supply chain managers of the UN use to ensure operational efficiencies grouped around three themes: (a) analytical, innovation, and knowledge management strategies; (b) effective supply chain management leadership strategies; and (c) risk management strategies. This study is one of the first to apply generic findings of humanitarian supply chain studies to the United Nations, the global organization with diverse mandates that continuously strives to achieve efficiencies required by donors providing financial support, thus remaining operational. The study&amp;amp;rsquo;s results could help leaders in the various humanitarian organizations who operate in vulnerable environments and under strict scrutiny from donors to deliver their aid programs most efficiently by understanding dynamic capabilities. Previous studies indicate the lack of strategic frameworks applicable to the United Nations that could improve decision-making at the strategic, tactical, and operational levels, facilitate collaboration among supply chain stakeholders, and reduce the costs of the operational performance of the supply chain system in the UN.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-09-29</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 154-175: Sustainable Strategies for Improving Humanitarian Supply Chain Management in the United Nations Using Dynamic Capability Theory</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/9">doi: 10.3390/standards4040009</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Mirjana Mazar
		Kenneth Gossett
		Manish Shashi
		</p>
	<p>The purpose of the qualitative multiple case study was to explore the strategies some supply chain managers of the United Nations (UN) use to leverage operational efficiencies in the UN humanitarian programs. As a result, communities supporting sustainability and peace or those fostering economic development will be able to respond effectively to humanitarian crises. Moreover, the UN can remain operational and engage in political and conflict-reduction interventions integral to economic and social recovery and sustainability. This study applied the qualitative multiple case study through semi-structured interviews with nine supply chain managers in the United Nations, direct observations, document analysis, and artifacts. The research is grounded in the dynamic capability theory (DCT). The research revealed several strategies that supply chain managers of the UN use to ensure operational efficiencies grouped around three themes: (a) analytical, innovation, and knowledge management strategies; (b) effective supply chain management leadership strategies; and (c) risk management strategies. This study is one of the first to apply generic findings of humanitarian supply chain studies to the United Nations, the global organization with diverse mandates that continuously strives to achieve efficiencies required by donors providing financial support, thus remaining operational. The study&amp;amp;rsquo;s results could help leaders in the various humanitarian organizations who operate in vulnerable environments and under strict scrutiny from donors to deliver their aid programs most efficiently by understanding dynamic capabilities. Previous studies indicate the lack of strategic frameworks applicable to the United Nations that could improve decision-making at the strategic, tactical, and operational levels, facilitate collaboration among supply chain stakeholders, and reduce the costs of the operational performance of the supply chain system in the UN.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Sustainable Strategies for Improving Humanitarian Supply Chain Management in the United Nations Using Dynamic Capability Theory</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Mirjana Mazar</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Kenneth Gossett</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Manish Shashi</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4040009</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-09-29</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-09-29</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>154</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4040009</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/4/9</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/8">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 133-153: Formal Language for Objects&amp;rsquo; Transactions</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/8</link>
	<description>The gap between software design and implementation often results in a lack of clarity and precision. Formal languages, based on mathematical rules, logic, and symbols, are invaluable for specifying and verifying system designs. Various semi-formal and formal languages, such as JSON, XML, predicate logic, and regular expressions, along with formal models like Turing machines, serve specific domains. This paper introduces a new specification formal language, ObTFL (Object Transaction Formal Language), developed for general-purpose distributed systems, such as specifying the interactions between servers and IoT devices and their security protocols. The paper details the syntax and semantics of ObTFL and presents three real case studies&amp;amp;mdash;federated learning, blockchain for crypto and bitcoin networks, and the industrial PCB board with machine synchronization&amp;amp;mdash;to demonstrate its versatility and effectiveness in formally specifying the interactions and behaviors of distributed systems.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-08-15</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 133-153: Formal Language for Objects&amp;rsquo; Transactions</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/8">doi: 10.3390/standards4030008</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Mo Adda
		</p>
	<p>The gap between software design and implementation often results in a lack of clarity and precision. Formal languages, based on mathematical rules, logic, and symbols, are invaluable for specifying and verifying system designs. Various semi-formal and formal languages, such as JSON, XML, predicate logic, and regular expressions, along with formal models like Turing machines, serve specific domains. This paper introduces a new specification formal language, ObTFL (Object Transaction Formal Language), developed for general-purpose distributed systems, such as specifying the interactions between servers and IoT devices and their security protocols. The paper details the syntax and semantics of ObTFL and presents three real case studies&amp;amp;mdash;federated learning, blockchain for crypto and bitcoin networks, and the industrial PCB board with machine synchronization&amp;amp;mdash;to demonstrate its versatility and effectiveness in formally specifying the interactions and behaviors of distributed systems.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Formal Language for Objects&amp;amp;rsquo; Transactions</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Mo Adda</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4030008</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-08-15</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-08-15</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>133</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4030008</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/8</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/7">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 102-132: Towards Life Cycle Assessment for the Environmental Evaluation of District Heating and Cooling: A Critical Review</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/7</link>
	<description>District heating and cooling networks represent a compelling energy system solution due to their capacity to integrate renewable energies and leverage local surpluses of thermal resources. The meticulous design and optimization of network infrastructure are imperative to fully exploiting the potential of these energy systems. The Life Cycle Assessment of district heating and cooling networks for the purpose of environmental sustainability is a crucial and increasingly demanded aspect, particularly in light of the progressively stringent European regulations. The Life Cycle Assessment methodology could offer an evaluation throughout the entire life cycle of such networks. The proposed review scrutinizes the application of the Life Cycle Assessment methodology to evaluating the environmental profile of district heating and cooling systems. The methods, findings, and challenges are examined through a literature review and case study analysis. The results highlight variations in the climate profile influenced by the network generation type and multifunctionality approaches. The analysis revealed a range of emission factors, spanning from 11 gCO2eq/kWhth to 470 gCO2eq/kWhth for district heating and 6 gCO2eq/kWhth to 64 gCO2eq/kWhth for district cooling. The discussion emphasizes integrating district heating and cooling network management considerations and addressing methodological challenges. This study concludes by proposing future research directions for developing a universal LCA-based tool for district heating and cooling network analysis.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-07-24</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 102-132: Towards Life Cycle Assessment for the Environmental Evaluation of District Heating and Cooling: A Critical Review</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/7">doi: 10.3390/standards4030007</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Kevin Autelitano
		Jacopo Famiglietti
		Marcello Aprile
		Mario Motta
		</p>
	<p>District heating and cooling networks represent a compelling energy system solution due to their capacity to integrate renewable energies and leverage local surpluses of thermal resources. The meticulous design and optimization of network infrastructure are imperative to fully exploiting the potential of these energy systems. The Life Cycle Assessment of district heating and cooling networks for the purpose of environmental sustainability is a crucial and increasingly demanded aspect, particularly in light of the progressively stringent European regulations. The Life Cycle Assessment methodology could offer an evaluation throughout the entire life cycle of such networks. The proposed review scrutinizes the application of the Life Cycle Assessment methodology to evaluating the environmental profile of district heating and cooling systems. The methods, findings, and challenges are examined through a literature review and case study analysis. The results highlight variations in the climate profile influenced by the network generation type and multifunctionality approaches. The analysis revealed a range of emission factors, spanning from 11 gCO2eq/kWhth to 470 gCO2eq/kWhth for district heating and 6 gCO2eq/kWhth to 64 gCO2eq/kWhth for district cooling. The discussion emphasizes integrating district heating and cooling network management considerations and addressing methodological challenges. This study concludes by proposing future research directions for developing a universal LCA-based tool for district heating and cooling network analysis.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Towards Life Cycle Assessment for the Environmental Evaluation of District Heating and Cooling: A Critical Review</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Kevin Autelitano</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jacopo Famiglietti</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Marcello Aprile</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Mario Motta</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4030007</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-07-24</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-07-24</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>102</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4030007</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/7</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/6">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 79-101: Towards The Development of a Governance System for Central Purchasing Body Collaboration and Performance</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/6</link>
	<description>This article explores the relationship between local authorities (mainly municipal organisations) and a central purchasing body (CPB). It critiques, from an agency theory perspective, the difficulties in aligning socio-economic goals of multiple municipal organisations with the pursuit of procurement goals by the CPB. The aim of this study is to explore which solutions, (governance mechanisms) for agency problems within a Dutch municipality&amp;amp;ndash;CPB relationship, are critical in aligning socio-economic goals within a collaborative public procurement (CPP) setting. The quantitative analysis of data from a questionnaire was used to conduct an explorative factor analysis (EFA). The questionnaire was issued to all municipalities in the Netherlands. Grounded on the EFA, the underlying factors within five categories of governance mechanisms for agency problems were recognised. Besides supporting the existing theory, this study provides additional knowledge in the field of agency theory and collaborative public procurement (CPP). The study resulted in the development of a comprehensive measurement scale to conduct research based on agency theory within the context of CPP governance and specifically in the area of central purchasing bodies. The results of this study are applicable in practise on an administrative and management level. Municipal organisations that initiate and/or govern a central purchasing body can take the results of this study into account to develop new standards on the further development of the CPB. At a managerial level, this study provides useful insight for decision-makers in municipal organisations to improve the way in which a CPB executes collective tenders at hand and determine if the joint approach delivers the best results in terms of their procurement objectives.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-07-04</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 79-101: Towards The Development of a Governance System for Central Purchasing Body Collaboration and Performance</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/6">doi: 10.3390/standards4030006</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Douwe J. P. van de Goorberg
		Marcel A. J. Stuijts
		Andrew J. Thomas
		</p>
	<p>This article explores the relationship between local authorities (mainly municipal organisations) and a central purchasing body (CPB). It critiques, from an agency theory perspective, the difficulties in aligning socio-economic goals of multiple municipal organisations with the pursuit of procurement goals by the CPB. The aim of this study is to explore which solutions, (governance mechanisms) for agency problems within a Dutch municipality&amp;amp;ndash;CPB relationship, are critical in aligning socio-economic goals within a collaborative public procurement (CPP) setting. The quantitative analysis of data from a questionnaire was used to conduct an explorative factor analysis (EFA). The questionnaire was issued to all municipalities in the Netherlands. Grounded on the EFA, the underlying factors within five categories of governance mechanisms for agency problems were recognised. Besides supporting the existing theory, this study provides additional knowledge in the field of agency theory and collaborative public procurement (CPP). The study resulted in the development of a comprehensive measurement scale to conduct research based on agency theory within the context of CPP governance and specifically in the area of central purchasing bodies. The results of this study are applicable in practise on an administrative and management level. Municipal organisations that initiate and/or govern a central purchasing body can take the results of this study into account to develop new standards on the further development of the CPB. At a managerial level, this study provides useful insight for decision-makers in municipal organisations to improve the way in which a CPB executes collective tenders at hand and determine if the joint approach delivers the best results in terms of their procurement objectives.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Towards The Development of a Governance System for Central Purchasing Body Collaboration and Performance</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Douwe J. P. van de Goorberg</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Marcel A. J. Stuijts</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Andrew J. Thomas</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4030006</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-07-04</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-07-04</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>79</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4030006</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/3/6</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/5">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 66-78: Benefit&amp;ndash;Risk Assessment in Sport and Recreation: Historical Development and Review of AS ISO 4980:2023</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/5</link>
	<description>Risk management involves thinking about what could happen if someone is exposed to a hazard and the likelihood of this event. The vast majority of standards relating to risk management were written in the context of Occupational Health and Safety, as well as Work Health and Safety with the aim of eliminating all risks. In 2023 Standards, Australia published AS ISO 4980:2023: `Benefit-risk assessment for sport and recreational facilities, activities and equipment&amp;amp;rsquo;. This standard provides a tool for applying risk management in the context of sport and recreation. AS ISO 4980:2023 is a departure from the traditional view of risk management standards in that it presents a view of risk that is not limited to viewing risk only as negative, but rather balances positive benefits with negative risks within the sport and recreation industry. This standard is also different in that it is based specifically on risk to sport and recreational users and not to employees and employers. The benefit that risk provides in the context of sports and recreational activities is placed on an equal footing with the traditional method of assessing risk. There is an expectation in sports and recreational activities that the user is making an implicit trade-off between the benefits and the inherent risks of the activity, including the potential for harm. This implied expectation is that exposure to risk can be positive. Positive risk and learning from making mistakes are not restricted to childhood development where graduated challenges are used but extend throughout our entire life. The goal of this paper is to draw public attention to the new and different perspective of risk on which AS ISO 4980:2023 is based and to provide an understanding of the concept of benefit&amp;amp;ndash;risk assessment. The implications of viewing non-workplace risk in a balanced way are discussed.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-06-04</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 66-78: Benefit&amp;ndash;Risk Assessment in Sport and Recreation: Historical Development and Review of AS ISO 4980:2023</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/5">doi: 10.3390/standards4020005</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		David Eager
		</p>
	<p>Risk management involves thinking about what could happen if someone is exposed to a hazard and the likelihood of this event. The vast majority of standards relating to risk management were written in the context of Occupational Health and Safety, as well as Work Health and Safety with the aim of eliminating all risks. In 2023 Standards, Australia published AS ISO 4980:2023: `Benefit-risk assessment for sport and recreational facilities, activities and equipment&amp;amp;rsquo;. This standard provides a tool for applying risk management in the context of sport and recreation. AS ISO 4980:2023 is a departure from the traditional view of risk management standards in that it presents a view of risk that is not limited to viewing risk only as negative, but rather balances positive benefits with negative risks within the sport and recreation industry. This standard is also different in that it is based specifically on risk to sport and recreational users and not to employees and employers. The benefit that risk provides in the context of sports and recreational activities is placed on an equal footing with the traditional method of assessing risk. There is an expectation in sports and recreational activities that the user is making an implicit trade-off between the benefits and the inherent risks of the activity, including the potential for harm. This implied expectation is that exposure to risk can be positive. Positive risk and learning from making mistakes are not restricted to childhood development where graduated challenges are used but extend throughout our entire life. The goal of this paper is to draw public attention to the new and different perspective of risk on which AS ISO 4980:2023 is based and to provide an understanding of the concept of benefit&amp;amp;ndash;risk assessment. The implications of viewing non-workplace risk in a balanced way are discussed.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Benefit&amp;amp;ndash;Risk Assessment in Sport and Recreation: Historical Development and Review of AS ISO 4980:2023</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>David Eager</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4020005</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-06-04</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-06-04</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>66</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4020005</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/5</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/4">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 52-65: Seasonal Data Cleaning for Sales with Chase Demand Strategy</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/4</link>
	<description>The intricate process of planning production, involving product life cycle management and the synthesis of manufacturing information, is crucial for coherence in manufacturing. Manufacturing companies, operating in a high-mix, low-volume production environment, integrate production planning with management to focus on production processes, emphasizing high-quality, rapid product delivery. This includes material item planning to anticipate future demands and ensure sufficient raw material and finished product quantities, considering purchasing, production, and sales capacities. This study explores the electro technical sector, specifically a manufacturing entity specializing in low-voltage plastic cable distribution boxes. It scrutinizes the vital role of seasonal data cleaning in optimizing production planning, with a targeted focus on three products. The implementation of a chase demand strategy is related to capacity planning, taking into account the change in production capacity linked to demand over time. The problem in implementing this strategy is related to the fluctuating level of quality due to changes in demand for specified products.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-05-06</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 52-65: Seasonal Data Cleaning for Sales with Chase Demand Strategy</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/4">doi: 10.3390/standards4020004</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Marcela Malindzakova
		Dušan Malindzak
		Andrzej Kubik
		</p>
	<p>The intricate process of planning production, involving product life cycle management and the synthesis of manufacturing information, is crucial for coherence in manufacturing. Manufacturing companies, operating in a high-mix, low-volume production environment, integrate production planning with management to focus on production processes, emphasizing high-quality, rapid product delivery. This includes material item planning to anticipate future demands and ensure sufficient raw material and finished product quantities, considering purchasing, production, and sales capacities. This study explores the electro technical sector, specifically a manufacturing entity specializing in low-voltage plastic cable distribution boxes. It scrutinizes the vital role of seasonal data cleaning in optimizing production planning, with a targeted focus on three products. The implementation of a chase demand strategy is related to capacity planning, taking into account the change in production capacity linked to demand over time. The problem in implementing this strategy is related to the fluctuating level of quality due to changes in demand for specified products.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Seasonal Data Cleaning for Sales with Chase Demand Strategy</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Marcela Malindzakova</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Dušan Malindzak</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Andrzej Kubik</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4020004</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-05-06</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-05-06</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>52</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4020004</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/4</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/3">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 39-51: Are Stakeholders&amp;rsquo; Opinions Redundant?</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/3</link>
	<description>Decision-making, bringing in the opinions of several stakeholders, may be a rather time- and resource-demanding process. Partial order-based methods like generalized linear aggregation (GLA) and average ranking appear as advantageous tools for considering several stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; opinions simultaneously. The present study presents an approach where stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; opinions/weights are substituted by a series of randomly generated weight regimes, leading to virtually identical rankings as demonstrated through comparisons to examples where true stakeholder opinions are applied, as demonstrated through a study on food sustainability. This study showed a high degree of agreement between the ranking based on random data and that based on real stakeholder data. The method, which is a top-down approach to the decision process, appears to be a highly resource-reducing decision-supporting process. However, the method, by default, excludes the possibility of incorporating specific knowledge from, e.g., employees or other stakeholders in the decision process.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-04-19</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 39-51: Are Stakeholders&amp;rsquo; Opinions Redundant?</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/3">doi: 10.3390/standards4020003</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Lars Carlsen
		</p>
	<p>Decision-making, bringing in the opinions of several stakeholders, may be a rather time- and resource-demanding process. Partial order-based methods like generalized linear aggregation (GLA) and average ranking appear as advantageous tools for considering several stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; opinions simultaneously. The present study presents an approach where stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; opinions/weights are substituted by a series of randomly generated weight regimes, leading to virtually identical rankings as demonstrated through comparisons to examples where true stakeholder opinions are applied, as demonstrated through a study on food sustainability. This study showed a high degree of agreement between the ranking based on random data and that based on real stakeholder data. The method, which is a top-down approach to the decision process, appears to be a highly resource-reducing decision-supporting process. However, the method, by default, excludes the possibility of incorporating specific knowledge from, e.g., employees or other stakeholders in the decision process.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Are Stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; Opinions Redundant?</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Lars Carlsen</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4020003</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-04-19</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-04-19</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>39</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4020003</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/2/3</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/2">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 25-38: Quick Roadmap for Exposure Assessment of Contaminants in Food</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/2</link>
	<description>The presence of chemical contaminants in food is often unavoidable and associated with many adverse health effects. Exposure assessment is the essential element of an overall risk assessment process. While the specific purpose of the exposure assessment process can vary, the main goal is to provide a foundation for health-protective decisions. In recent years, there have been significant advances in exposure assessment methodologies and procedures, subsequently contributing to an increased complexity of the process. This paper aims to provide a generalized, simplified, and practical road map for exposure assessment, pointing to the pros and cons of different methods and challenges that occur while performing this type of study.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-03-08</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 25-38: Quick Roadmap for Exposure Assessment of Contaminants in Food</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/2">doi: 10.3390/standards4010002</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Bozidar Udovicki
		Ilija Djekic
		</p>
	<p>The presence of chemical contaminants in food is often unavoidable and associated with many adverse health effects. Exposure assessment is the essential element of an overall risk assessment process. While the specific purpose of the exposure assessment process can vary, the main goal is to provide a foundation for health-protective decisions. In recent years, there have been significant advances in exposure assessment methodologies and procedures, subsequently contributing to an increased complexity of the process. This paper aims to provide a generalized, simplified, and practical road map for exposure assessment, pointing to the pros and cons of different methods and challenges that occur while performing this type of study.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Quick Roadmap for Exposure Assessment of Contaminants in Food</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Bozidar Udovicki</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ilija Djekic</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4010002</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-03-08</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-03-08</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>25</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4010002</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/2</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/1">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 1-24: Educational Technology Procurement at Canadian Colleges and Universities: An Environmental Scan</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/1</link>
	<description>There has been an increase in the use of education technology (EdTech) within post-secondary institutions, which has resulted in an unprecedented overflow of EdTech in the market. Institutions then make decisions on which EdTech to procure. This procurement process occurs on a continuum, where on one extreme, an institution takes a decentralized (bottom&amp;amp;ndash;up) approach where individuals within an institution independently decide on EdTech procurement, or a centralized (top&amp;amp;ndash;down) approach where the institution decides on criteria and standards that the EdTech must meet. This study administered a questionnaire and conducted structured interviews to explore how important standards are, and to identify the associated challenges with implementing centralized procurement. It was distributed to individuals involved in EdTech procurement at universities and colleges across Canada. The results showed that standards related to Privacy and Security, Accessibility, and Care of Data Practices play a larger role in EdTech procurement within most institutions. The use of standards is increasing as institutions become more centralized; however, they are not yet relied on in a structured way. This study suggests ways to move towards a procurement process that incorporates standards and addresses many of the identified challenges with procuring EdTech, thus, improving the efficiency and efficacy of EdTech procurement.</description>
	<pubDate>2024-02-23</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 4, Pages 1-24: Educational Technology Procurement at Canadian Colleges and Universities: An Environmental Scan</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/1">doi: 10.3390/standards4010001</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Hannah Ali
		Sapolnach Prompiengchai
		Steve Joordens
		</p>
	<p>There has been an increase in the use of education technology (EdTech) within post-secondary institutions, which has resulted in an unprecedented overflow of EdTech in the market. Institutions then make decisions on which EdTech to procure. This procurement process occurs on a continuum, where on one extreme, an institution takes a decentralized (bottom&amp;amp;ndash;up) approach where individuals within an institution independently decide on EdTech procurement, or a centralized (top&amp;amp;ndash;down) approach where the institution decides on criteria and standards that the EdTech must meet. This study administered a questionnaire and conducted structured interviews to explore how important standards are, and to identify the associated challenges with implementing centralized procurement. It was distributed to individuals involved in EdTech procurement at universities and colleges across Canada. The results showed that standards related to Privacy and Security, Accessibility, and Care of Data Practices play a larger role in EdTech procurement within most institutions. The use of standards is increasing as institutions become more centralized; however, they are not yet relied on in a structured way. This study suggests ways to move towards a procurement process that incorporates standards and addresses many of the identified challenges with procuring EdTech, thus, improving the efficiency and efficacy of EdTech procurement.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Educational Technology Procurement at Canadian Colleges and Universities: An Environmental Scan</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Hannah Ali</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Sapolnach Prompiengchai</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Steve Joordens</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards4010001</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2024-02-23</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2024-02-23</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>4</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>1</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards4010001</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/4/1/1</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/28">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 400-410: The Expansion of Data Science: Dataset Standardization</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/28</link>
	<description>With recent advances in science and technology, more processing capability and data have become available, allowing a more straightforward implementation of data analysis techniques. Fortunately, available online data storage capacity follows this trend, and vast amounts of data can be stored online freely or at accessible costs. As happens with every evolution (or revolution) in any science field, organizing and sharing these data is essential to contribute to new studies or validate obtained results quickly. To facilitate this, we must guarantee interoperability between existing datasets and developed software, whether commercial or open-source. This article explores this issue and analyzes the current initiatives to establish data standards and compares some of the existing online dataset storage platforms. Through a Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats (SWOT) analysis, it is possible to better understand the strategy that should be taken to improve the efficiency in this field, which directly depends on the data&amp;amp;rsquo;s characteristics. The development of dataset standards will directly increase the collaboration and data sharing between academia and industry, allowing faster research and development through direct interoperability.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-11-30</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 400-410: The Expansion of Data Science: Dataset Standardization</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/28">doi: 10.3390/standards3040028</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Nuno Pessanha Santos
		</p>
	<p>With recent advances in science and technology, more processing capability and data have become available, allowing a more straightforward implementation of data analysis techniques. Fortunately, available online data storage capacity follows this trend, and vast amounts of data can be stored online freely or at accessible costs. As happens with every evolution (or revolution) in any science field, organizing and sharing these data is essential to contribute to new studies or validate obtained results quickly. To facilitate this, we must guarantee interoperability between existing datasets and developed software, whether commercial or open-source. This article explores this issue and analyzes the current initiatives to establish data standards and compares some of the existing online dataset storage platforms. Through a Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats (SWOT) analysis, it is possible to better understand the strategy that should be taken to improve the efficiency in this field, which directly depends on the data&amp;amp;rsquo;s characteristics. The development of dataset standards will directly increase the collaboration and data sharing between academia and industry, allowing faster research and development through direct interoperability.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>The Expansion of Data Science: Dataset Standardization</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Nuno Pessanha Santos</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3040028</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-11-30</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-11-30</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>400</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3040028</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/28</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/27">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 385-399: Standardization: A Necessary Support for the Utilization of Sludge/Biosolids in Agriculture</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/27</link>
	<description>One of the issues facing modern society, regardless of the socio-economic level of the communities involved, is the development of sustainable strategies for the management of sludge/biosolids. Nowadays, it is imperative to replace solutions aimed at simply &amp;amp;ldquo;disposing of&amp;amp;rdquo; with those oriented toward &amp;amp;ldquo;maximizing recovery benefits&amp;amp;rdquo;. It is desirable that agricultural use remains the main option in sludge/biosolids management; however, to ensure effective and safe agronomic benefits, correctly fulfill the legal requirements, and build stakeholder and public confidence, rigorous and sustainable procedures need to be established. The development of realistic and enforceable regulations is crucial, as they represent the right balance between the different aspects of coordinated and effective management. Furthermore, it is important to recognize that regulations must be supported by standardized characterization procedures and good practice guidelines because well-defined procedures allow the legal requirements to be correctly and uniformly met, as well as to reliably compare the results obtained under different conditions and their wide application in different regulatory contexts. In this article, the main aspects for (i) the sustainable application of sludge/biosolids in agriculture and (ii) the development of standardized characterization methods and procedures, thus ensuring effective agronomic benefits and guaranteeing quality/safety of agricultural products, are discussed. Some pieces on the evolution of European legislation in this field are also provided. Details and results of the research activities behind the development of these methods/procedures can be found in the referenced documents.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-11-14</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 385-399: Standardization: A Necessary Support for the Utilization of Sludge/Biosolids in Agriculture</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/27">doi: 10.3390/standards3040027</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Ludovico Spinosa
		Livia Molinari
		</p>
	<p>One of the issues facing modern society, regardless of the socio-economic level of the communities involved, is the development of sustainable strategies for the management of sludge/biosolids. Nowadays, it is imperative to replace solutions aimed at simply &amp;amp;ldquo;disposing of&amp;amp;rdquo; with those oriented toward &amp;amp;ldquo;maximizing recovery benefits&amp;amp;rdquo;. It is desirable that agricultural use remains the main option in sludge/biosolids management; however, to ensure effective and safe agronomic benefits, correctly fulfill the legal requirements, and build stakeholder and public confidence, rigorous and sustainable procedures need to be established. The development of realistic and enforceable regulations is crucial, as they represent the right balance between the different aspects of coordinated and effective management. Furthermore, it is important to recognize that regulations must be supported by standardized characterization procedures and good practice guidelines because well-defined procedures allow the legal requirements to be correctly and uniformly met, as well as to reliably compare the results obtained under different conditions and their wide application in different regulatory contexts. In this article, the main aspects for (i) the sustainable application of sludge/biosolids in agriculture and (ii) the development of standardized characterization methods and procedures, thus ensuring effective agronomic benefits and guaranteeing quality/safety of agricultural products, are discussed. Some pieces on the evolution of European legislation in this field are also provided. Details and results of the research activities behind the development of these methods/procedures can be found in the referenced documents.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Standardization: A Necessary Support for the Utilization of Sludge/Biosolids in Agriculture</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Ludovico Spinosa</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Livia Molinari</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3040027</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-11-14</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-11-14</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>385</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3040027</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/27</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/26">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 373-384: Noise and Legal Dispute: Applications and Limits of the Italian Standard UNI/TS 11844</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/26</link>
	<description>In forensic acoustics, a possible area of analysis is represented by unwanted sound that is perceived as a source of intrusion or disturbance within a certain auditory context. This context is defined as the &amp;amp;ldquo;auditory scene&amp;amp;rdquo; and refers to the set of sounds present in a specific environment. The presence of unwanted sounds in the auditory scene can cause a wide range of negative effects, including disturbance, discomfort, moral or immoral harm, and other types of negative impacts on the health and well-being of individuals exposed to noise. In 2022, the technical specification UNI/TS 11844:2022 dedicated to the measurement and analysis of intrusive noise was published. The standard introduces the concept of intrusive noise and defines its calculation methods based on environmental measurements. The purposes of this technical specification is to provide an objective support to methods already in used in acoustic disputes, where the assessment of the annoyance of a noise is often a subjective evaluation of the technician. This work delves into application to some real cases, identifying the potentiality and limits of the standardized method.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-10-30</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 373-384: Noise and Legal Dispute: Applications and Limits of the Italian Standard UNI/TS 11844</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/26">doi: 10.3390/standards3040026</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Fabio Serpilli
		Samantha Di Loreto
		Valter Lori
		Sergio Montelpare
		</p>
	<p>In forensic acoustics, a possible area of analysis is represented by unwanted sound that is perceived as a source of intrusion or disturbance within a certain auditory context. This context is defined as the &amp;amp;ldquo;auditory scene&amp;amp;rdquo; and refers to the set of sounds present in a specific environment. The presence of unwanted sounds in the auditory scene can cause a wide range of negative effects, including disturbance, discomfort, moral or immoral harm, and other types of negative impacts on the health and well-being of individuals exposed to noise. In 2022, the technical specification UNI/TS 11844:2022 dedicated to the measurement and analysis of intrusive noise was published. The standard introduces the concept of intrusive noise and defines its calculation methods based on environmental measurements. The purposes of this technical specification is to provide an objective support to methods already in used in acoustic disputes, where the assessment of the annoyance of a noise is often a subjective evaluation of the technician. This work delves into application to some real cases, identifying the potentiality and limits of the standardized method.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Noise and Legal Dispute: Applications and Limits of the Italian Standard UNI/TS 11844</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Fabio Serpilli</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Samantha Di Loreto</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Valter Lori</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Sergio Montelpare</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3040026</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-10-30</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-10-30</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>373</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3040026</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/26</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/25">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 356-372: The Rating Scale Paradox: An Application to the Solvency 2 Framework</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/25</link>
	<description>This work aims to identify the optimal rating scale for the rating system used by a credit insurance company subjected to the Solvency 2 regulatory framework. To do so, we apply and further develop a previously published result concerning the rating scale properties. The partition underlying a given rating scale must satisfy two needs of the rating model user: efficient information synthesis and stable semantics. Those needs cannot be addressed together in general. Nonetheless, it is possible to specify the partition as a linear combination of the two choices that meet one requirement each. We numerically show that, in general, the optimal combination is nontrivial under realistic assumptions and is mainly driven by the target return fixed by the company&amp;amp;rsquo;s stakeholders and the debtors&amp;amp;rsquo; probability of default distribution.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-10-12</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 356-372: The Rating Scale Paradox: An Application to the Solvency 2 Framework</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/25">doi: 10.3390/standards3040025</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Jacopo Giacomelli
		</p>
	<p>This work aims to identify the optimal rating scale for the rating system used by a credit insurance company subjected to the Solvency 2 regulatory framework. To do so, we apply and further develop a previously published result concerning the rating scale properties. The partition underlying a given rating scale must satisfy two needs of the rating model user: efficient information synthesis and stable semantics. Those needs cannot be addressed together in general. Nonetheless, it is possible to specify the partition as a linear combination of the two choices that meet one requirement each. We numerically show that, in general, the optimal combination is nontrivial under realistic assumptions and is mainly driven by the target return fixed by the company&amp;amp;rsquo;s stakeholders and the debtors&amp;amp;rsquo; probability of default distribution.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>The Rating Scale Paradox: An Application to the Solvency 2 Framework</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Jacopo Giacomelli</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3040025</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-10-12</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-10-12</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>356</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3040025</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/25</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/24">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 341-355: A Digital Certificate System That Complies with International Standards: Taiwan Digital COVID-19 Certificate</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/24</link>
	<description>The first reported infections from COVID-19 were in 2019 and, since then, an outbreak has spread rapidly to other parts of the world, resulting in many deaths. As a result, governments began to implement border restrictions and quarantine measures, bringing the travel industry to a halt and plunging the global economy into a severe contraction. Many regions chose to coexist with COVID-19 and gradually eased their border restrictions with certain conditions, such as using personal health status certificates, vaccination certificates, etc. Digital certificates are becoming a global trend, and Taiwan has invested in developing related tools. This paper presents a technical evaluation from the government&amp;amp;rsquo;s point of view. Taiwan uses the European Union (EU) Digital COVID Certificate as a basis to build a digital certificate that can fully meet the residents&amp;amp;rsquo; current international business and tourism needs. The government hopes that this digital proof will promote the public&amp;amp;rsquo;s return to normal life and overcome the inconveniences brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic. In the post-pandemic era, finding a way to coexist with the virus while gradually relaxing border and community epidemic-prevention policies without impacting our Taiwan&amp;amp;rsquo;s medical capacity is a significant challenge. Providing key technological solutions to assist in risk stratification is essential in addressing this issue.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-09-27</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 341-355: A Digital Certificate System That Complies with International Standards: Taiwan Digital COVID-19 Certificate</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/24">doi: 10.3390/standards3040024</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Tzu-Chia Yu
		I-Ming Parng
		Jing-Sun Yeh
		Gang-Wei Cao
		Fu-Chung Wang
		</p>
	<p>The first reported infections from COVID-19 were in 2019 and, since then, an outbreak has spread rapidly to other parts of the world, resulting in many deaths. As a result, governments began to implement border restrictions and quarantine measures, bringing the travel industry to a halt and plunging the global economy into a severe contraction. Many regions chose to coexist with COVID-19 and gradually eased their border restrictions with certain conditions, such as using personal health status certificates, vaccination certificates, etc. Digital certificates are becoming a global trend, and Taiwan has invested in developing related tools. This paper presents a technical evaluation from the government&amp;amp;rsquo;s point of view. Taiwan uses the European Union (EU) Digital COVID Certificate as a basis to build a digital certificate that can fully meet the residents&amp;amp;rsquo; current international business and tourism needs. The government hopes that this digital proof will promote the public&amp;amp;rsquo;s return to normal life and overcome the inconveniences brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic. In the post-pandemic era, finding a way to coexist with the virus while gradually relaxing border and community epidemic-prevention policies without impacting our Taiwan&amp;amp;rsquo;s medical capacity is a significant challenge. Providing key technological solutions to assist in risk stratification is essential in addressing this issue.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>A Digital Certificate System That Complies with International Standards: Taiwan Digital COVID-19 Certificate</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Tzu-Chia Yu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>I-Ming Parng</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jing-Sun Yeh</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Gang-Wei Cao</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Fu-Chung Wang</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3040024</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-09-27</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-09-27</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>341</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3040024</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/4/24</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/23">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 316-340: Improving the Quality and Utility of Electronic Health Record Data through Ontologies</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/23</link>
	<description>The translational research community, in general, and the Clinical and Translational Science Awards (CTSA) community, in particular, share the vision of repurposing EHRs for research that will improve the quality of clinical practice. Many members of these communities are also aware that electronic health records (EHRs) suffer limitations of data becoming poorly structured, biased, and unusable out of original context. This creates obstacles to the continuity of care, utility, quality improvement, and translational research. Analogous limitations to sharing objective data in other areas of the natural sciences have been successfully overcome by developing and using common ontologies. This White Paper presents the authors&amp;amp;rsquo; rationale for the use of ontologies with computable semantics for the improvement of clinical data quality and EHR usability formulated for researchers with a stake in clinical and translational science and who are advocates for the use of information technology in medicine but at the same time are concerned by current major shortfalls. This White Paper outlines pitfalls, opportunities, and solutions and recommends increased investment in research and development of ontologies with computable semantics for a new generation of EHRs.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-09-15</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 316-340: Improving the Quality and Utility of Electronic Health Record Data through Ontologies</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/23">doi: 10.3390/standards3030023</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Asiyah Yu Lin
		Sivaram Arabandi
		Thomas Beale
		William D. Duncan
		Amanda Hicks
		William R. Hogan
		Mark Jensen
		Ross Koppel
		Catalina Martínez-Costa
		Øystein Nytrø
		Jihad S. Obeid
		Jose Parente de Oliveira
		Alan Ruttenberg
		Selja Seppälä
		Barry Smith
		Dagobert Soergel
		Jie Zheng
		Stefan Schulz
		</p>
	<p>The translational research community, in general, and the Clinical and Translational Science Awards (CTSA) community, in particular, share the vision of repurposing EHRs for research that will improve the quality of clinical practice. Many members of these communities are also aware that electronic health records (EHRs) suffer limitations of data becoming poorly structured, biased, and unusable out of original context. This creates obstacles to the continuity of care, utility, quality improvement, and translational research. Analogous limitations to sharing objective data in other areas of the natural sciences have been successfully overcome by developing and using common ontologies. This White Paper presents the authors&amp;amp;rsquo; rationale for the use of ontologies with computable semantics for the improvement of clinical data quality and EHR usability formulated for researchers with a stake in clinical and translational science and who are advocates for the use of information technology in medicine but at the same time are concerned by current major shortfalls. This White Paper outlines pitfalls, opportunities, and solutions and recommends increased investment in research and development of ontologies with computable semantics for a new generation of EHRs.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Improving the Quality and Utility of Electronic Health Record Data through Ontologies</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Asiyah Yu Lin</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Sivaram Arabandi</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Thomas Beale</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>William D. Duncan</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Amanda Hicks</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>William R. Hogan</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Mark Jensen</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ross Koppel</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Catalina Martínez-Costa</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Øystein Nytrø</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jihad S. Obeid</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jose Parente de Oliveira</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Alan Ruttenberg</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Selja Seppälä</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Barry Smith</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Dagobert Soergel</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jie Zheng</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Stefan Schulz</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3030023</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-09-15</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-09-15</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Perspective</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>316</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3030023</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/23</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/22">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 297-315: Investigation on the Quality of Commercially Available GABA Tea in Taiwan</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/22</link>
	<description>This study collected 220 commercially available samples of &amp;amp;gamma;-Aminobutyric acid (GABA) tea produced in Taiwan from 2016 to 2021. The 220 tea samples were categorized into five types of GABA tea, including 108 GABA Oolong tea, 71 GABA Black tea, 21 GABA Paochong tea, 12 GABA Green tea, and 8 GABA Puerh tea samples. The most common type of GABA tea in Taiwan is GABA Oolong tea, followed by GABA Black tea. The physico-chemical constituents and consumer acceptance of the GABA tea samples were analyzed. The GABA content varied among the different types of GABA tea: GABA Oolong tea ranged from 128&amp;amp;ndash;286 mg/100 g, GABA Black tea ranged from 182&amp;amp;ndash;360 mg/100 g, GABA Paochong tea ranged from 98&amp;amp;ndash;203 mg/100 g, GABA Green tea ranged from 56&amp;amp;ndash;174 mg/100 g, and GABA Puerh tea ranged from 142&amp;amp;ndash;191 mg/100 g. In terms of the commercial standard of GABA tea, 22 out of the 220 GABA tea samples failed to meet the commercial standard, with a failure rate of 10%. During the fermentation process of GABA tea, the contents of GABA increased significantly, but the total polyphenol and total catechin contents remained stable. In terms of consumer acceptance, GABA Black tea is the most accepted by consumers, followed by GABA Puerh tea, GABA Paochong, and GABA Oolong tea. The sour flavor in GABA tea is similar to the original sour sensory properties found in black tea. It is assumed that this is the main reason GABA Black tea has the highest acceptance.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-08-28</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 297-315: Investigation on the Quality of Commercially Available GABA Tea in Taiwan</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/22">doi: 10.3390/standards3030022</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Mu-Chen Wu
		Shih-Lun Liu
		Bo-Kang Liou
		Chun-Yeh Chen
		Yuh-Shuen Chen
		</p>
	<p>This study collected 220 commercially available samples of &amp;amp;gamma;-Aminobutyric acid (GABA) tea produced in Taiwan from 2016 to 2021. The 220 tea samples were categorized into five types of GABA tea, including 108 GABA Oolong tea, 71 GABA Black tea, 21 GABA Paochong tea, 12 GABA Green tea, and 8 GABA Puerh tea samples. The most common type of GABA tea in Taiwan is GABA Oolong tea, followed by GABA Black tea. The physico-chemical constituents and consumer acceptance of the GABA tea samples were analyzed. The GABA content varied among the different types of GABA tea: GABA Oolong tea ranged from 128&amp;amp;ndash;286 mg/100 g, GABA Black tea ranged from 182&amp;amp;ndash;360 mg/100 g, GABA Paochong tea ranged from 98&amp;amp;ndash;203 mg/100 g, GABA Green tea ranged from 56&amp;amp;ndash;174 mg/100 g, and GABA Puerh tea ranged from 142&amp;amp;ndash;191 mg/100 g. In terms of the commercial standard of GABA tea, 22 out of the 220 GABA tea samples failed to meet the commercial standard, with a failure rate of 10%. During the fermentation process of GABA tea, the contents of GABA increased significantly, but the total polyphenol and total catechin contents remained stable. In terms of consumer acceptance, GABA Black tea is the most accepted by consumers, followed by GABA Puerh tea, GABA Paochong, and GABA Oolong tea. The sour flavor in GABA tea is similar to the original sour sensory properties found in black tea. It is assumed that this is the main reason GABA Black tea has the highest acceptance.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Investigation on the Quality of Commercially Available GABA Tea in Taiwan</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Mu-Chen Wu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Shih-Lun Liu</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Bo-Kang Liou</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Chun-Yeh Chen</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Yuh-Shuen Chen</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3030022</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-08-28</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-08-28</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>297</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3030022</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/22</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/21">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 283-296: Unlocking Drone Potential in the Pharma Supply Chain: A Hybrid Machine Learning and GIS Approach</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/21</link>
	<description>In major metropolitan areas, the growing levels of congestion pose a significant risk of supply chain disruptions by hindering surface transportation of commodities. To address this challenge, cargo drones are emerging as a potential mode of transport that could improve the reliability of the pharmaceutical supply chain and enhance healthcare. This study proposes a novel hybrid workflow that combines machine learning and a geographic information system to identify the fewest locations where providers can initiate cargo drone services to yield the greatest initial benefits. The results show that by starting a service in only nine metropolitan areas across four regions of the contiguous United States, drones with a robust 400-mile range can initially move more than 28% of the weight of all pharmaceuticals. The medical community, supply chain managers, and policymakers worldwide can use this workflow to make data-driven decisions about where to access the largest opportunities for pharmaceutical transport by drones. The proposed approach can inform policies and standards such as Advanced Air Mobility to help address supply chain disruptions, reduce transportation costs, and improve healthcare outcomes.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-08-09</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 283-296: Unlocking Drone Potential in the Pharma Supply Chain: A Hybrid Machine Learning and GIS Approach</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/21">doi: 10.3390/standards3030021</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Raj Bridgelall
		</p>
	<p>In major metropolitan areas, the growing levels of congestion pose a significant risk of supply chain disruptions by hindering surface transportation of commodities. To address this challenge, cargo drones are emerging as a potential mode of transport that could improve the reliability of the pharmaceutical supply chain and enhance healthcare. This study proposes a novel hybrid workflow that combines machine learning and a geographic information system to identify the fewest locations where providers can initiate cargo drone services to yield the greatest initial benefits. The results show that by starting a service in only nine metropolitan areas across four regions of the contiguous United States, drones with a robust 400-mile range can initially move more than 28% of the weight of all pharmaceuticals. The medical community, supply chain managers, and policymakers worldwide can use this workflow to make data-driven decisions about where to access the largest opportunities for pharmaceutical transport by drones. The proposed approach can inform policies and standards such as Advanced Air Mobility to help address supply chain disruptions, reduce transportation costs, and improve healthcare outcomes.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Unlocking Drone Potential in the Pharma Supply Chain: A Hybrid Machine Learning and GIS Approach</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Raj Bridgelall</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3030021</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-08-09</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-08-09</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>283</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3030021</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/21</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/20">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 268-282: Composition of Probabilistic Preferences in Multicriteria Problems with Variables Measured in Likert Scales and Fitted by Empirical Distributions</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/20</link>
	<description>The aim of this article is to demonstrate the advantages of the Composition of Probabilistic Preferences method in multicriteria problems with data from Likert scales. Multicriteria decision aids require a database as a decision matrix, in which two or more alternatives are evaluated according to two or more variables selected as decision criteria. Several problems of this nature use measures by Likert scales. Depending on the method, parameters from these data (e.g., means, modes or medians) are required for calculations. This parameterization of data in ordinal scales has fueled controversy for decades between authors who favor mathematical/statistical rigor and argue against the procedure, stating that ordinal scales should not be parameterized, and scientists from other areas who have shown gains from the process that compensates for this relaxation. The Composition of Probabilistic Preferences can allay the protests raised and obtain more accurate results than descriptive statistics or parametric models can bring. The proposed algorithm in R-code involves the use of probabilities with empirical distributions and fitting histograms of data measured by Likert scales. Two case studies with simulated datasets having peculiar characteristics and a real case illustrate the advantages of the Composition of Probabilistic Preferences.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-07-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 268-282: Composition of Probabilistic Preferences in Multicriteria Problems with Variables Measured in Likert Scales and Fitted by Empirical Distributions</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/20">doi: 10.3390/standards3030020</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Luiz Octávio Gavião
		Annibal Parracho Sant’Anna
		Gilson Brito Alves Lima
		Pauli Adriano de Almada Garcia
		</p>
	<p>The aim of this article is to demonstrate the advantages of the Composition of Probabilistic Preferences method in multicriteria problems with data from Likert scales. Multicriteria decision aids require a database as a decision matrix, in which two or more alternatives are evaluated according to two or more variables selected as decision criteria. Several problems of this nature use measures by Likert scales. Depending on the method, parameters from these data (e.g., means, modes or medians) are required for calculations. This parameterization of data in ordinal scales has fueled controversy for decades between authors who favor mathematical/statistical rigor and argue against the procedure, stating that ordinal scales should not be parameterized, and scientists from other areas who have shown gains from the process that compensates for this relaxation. The Composition of Probabilistic Preferences can allay the protests raised and obtain more accurate results than descriptive statistics or parametric models can bring. The proposed algorithm in R-code involves the use of probabilities with empirical distributions and fitting histograms of data measured by Likert scales. Two case studies with simulated datasets having peculiar characteristics and a real case illustrate the advantages of the Composition of Probabilistic Preferences.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Composition of Probabilistic Preferences in Multicriteria Problems with Variables Measured in Likert Scales and Fitted by Empirical Distributions</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Luiz Octávio Gavião</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Annibal Parracho Sant’Anna</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Gilson Brito Alves Lima</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Pauli Adriano de Almada Garcia</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3030020</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-07-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-07-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>268</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3030020</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/20</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/19">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 240-267: Improving Indoor Air Quality through Standardization</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/19</link>
	<description>Human beings experience a large fraction of their exposure to air pollutants in indoor environments. Air pollution is a large environmental health risk, and exposure to ambient air pollution and indoor air pollution contribute equally to the total number of fatalities worldwide. Although legislative authorities have established limit values for ambient outdoor air and stack emissions, there are inconsistent and variable national and regional limit values for gaseous substances and airborne particulate matter in the built environment (schools, homes, healthcare facilities, offices, and other public spaces). This lack of regulation is unsurprising, because indoor spaces are characterized by complex air chemistry, and their construction materials and types of activities vary significantly. The current understanding of indoor pollutants, including short-lived oxidants, degradation of VOCs, particle formation, and particle composition, is incomplete. It is necessary to identify and assess emerging pollutants and their toxicity, and to consider new consumer products and green construction materials and their impact on indoor air quality (IAQ). Learning from IAQ surveys and audit protocols, research methodologies should be regularized for cross-research comparisons. Some indoor air quality guidance and standards have been written, and several more are in development, with the international ISO 16000 series of indoor standards leading the way for improving indoor air data quality. The WHO has established some ambient air limit values which can mostly be translated into indoor limit values. The built environment needs to harmonize energy efficiency, thermal comfort and air quality standards and guidance. In this review, we discuss the next steps for improving international, regional and national standards and guidance, leading to better and more complete indoor air quality regulations.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-07-03</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 240-267: Improving Indoor Air Quality through Standardization</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/19">doi: 10.3390/standards3030019</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		John Saffell
		Sascha Nehr
		</p>
	<p>Human beings experience a large fraction of their exposure to air pollutants in indoor environments. Air pollution is a large environmental health risk, and exposure to ambient air pollution and indoor air pollution contribute equally to the total number of fatalities worldwide. Although legislative authorities have established limit values for ambient outdoor air and stack emissions, there are inconsistent and variable national and regional limit values for gaseous substances and airborne particulate matter in the built environment (schools, homes, healthcare facilities, offices, and other public spaces). This lack of regulation is unsurprising, because indoor spaces are characterized by complex air chemistry, and their construction materials and types of activities vary significantly. The current understanding of indoor pollutants, including short-lived oxidants, degradation of VOCs, particle formation, and particle composition, is incomplete. It is necessary to identify and assess emerging pollutants and their toxicity, and to consider new consumer products and green construction materials and their impact on indoor air quality (IAQ). Learning from IAQ surveys and audit protocols, research methodologies should be regularized for cross-research comparisons. Some indoor air quality guidance and standards have been written, and several more are in development, with the international ISO 16000 series of indoor standards leading the way for improving indoor air data quality. The WHO has established some ambient air limit values which can mostly be translated into indoor limit values. The built environment needs to harmonize energy efficiency, thermal comfort and air quality standards and guidance. In this review, we discuss the next steps for improving international, regional and national standards and guidance, leading to better and more complete indoor air quality regulations.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Improving Indoor Air Quality through Standardization</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>John Saffell</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Sascha Nehr</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3030019</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-07-03</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-07-03</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>3</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>240</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3030019</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/3/19</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/18">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 227-239: Assessment of EMF Troubles of Biological and Instrumental Medical Questions and Analysis of Their Compliance with Standards</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/18</link>
	<description>This contribution aims to analyze compliance with the rules relating to disturbances in the domain of health due to exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMF). This concerns safety standards for exposed living tissue and the integrity of exposed medical devices acting on the body. This investigation is carried out by reviewing and analyzing these exposure effects. In the paper, the EMF exposure, the nature of sources and the characters of their interactions with objects are first illustrated. Then, EMF exposure restrictions accounting for living tissues safety standards as well as medical devices constancy are discussed. Exposure biological effects comprising both thermal and non-thermal effects are then detailed. The verification and control of EMF effects are next illustrated including mathematical modeling of EMF effects, governing equations and body tissues representation in the solution of these equations. At the end of the paper, two examples representing the cases of tissues and devices are given to check the rules under exposure to EMF: biological effects on exposed human tissues and integrity of a magnetic resonance imager under external disturbance.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-06-19</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 227-239: Assessment of EMF Troubles of Biological and Instrumental Medical Questions and Analysis of Their Compliance with Standards</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/18">doi: 10.3390/standards3020018</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Adel Razek
		</p>
	<p>This contribution aims to analyze compliance with the rules relating to disturbances in the domain of health due to exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMF). This concerns safety standards for exposed living tissue and the integrity of exposed medical devices acting on the body. This investigation is carried out by reviewing and analyzing these exposure effects. In the paper, the EMF exposure, the nature of sources and the characters of their interactions with objects are first illustrated. Then, EMF exposure restrictions accounting for living tissues safety standards as well as medical devices constancy are discussed. Exposure biological effects comprising both thermal and non-thermal effects are then detailed. The verification and control of EMF effects are next illustrated including mathematical modeling of EMF effects, governing equations and body tissues representation in the solution of these equations. At the end of the paper, two examples representing the cases of tissues and devices are given to check the rules under exposure to EMF: biological effects on exposed human tissues and integrity of a magnetic resonance imager under external disturbance.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Assessment of EMF Troubles of Biological and Instrumental Medical Questions and Analysis of Their Compliance with Standards</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Adel Razek</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020018</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-06-19</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-06-19</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>227</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020018</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/18</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/17">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 210-226: Statistical Analysis of Wood Durability Data and Its Effect on a Standardised Classification Scheme</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/17</link>
	<description>The biological durability of wood is an important property for outdoor applications of wood-based products. In temperate climate zones, the most critical biological hazard is wood-destroying fungi, and the European standard EN 350 in combination with EN 113-2 provide guidance on sampling, testing, and classifying wood durability against brown and white rot fungi. However, in their latest revised versions, both standards recommend the use of probability density functions for fitting mass loss data (ML). Subsequently, the durability of wood and its variability should be further characterised. The aim of this study was to statistically analyse the ML data from laboratory agar plate tests with different European-grown wood species and to examine the effect of different statistical treatments on the standardised classification scheme of wood durability. It was concluded that more precise guidance is needed on the sampling procedure since significant differences in durability exist between stem zones. The assignment of dispersion indicators requires a revision to ensure clear, unmistakable, and reproducible durability classification of wood. Deficits in the description of the proposed statistical treatments in both standards became evident. It can be questioned whether the application of probability density functions provides additional information about the variability of wood durability.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-06-16</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 210-226: Statistical Analysis of Wood Durability Data and Its Effect on a Standardised Classification Scheme</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/17">doi: 10.3390/standards3020017</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Christian Brischke
		Felix Haase
		Lea Bächle
		Susanne Bollmus
		</p>
	<p>The biological durability of wood is an important property for outdoor applications of wood-based products. In temperate climate zones, the most critical biological hazard is wood-destroying fungi, and the European standard EN 350 in combination with EN 113-2 provide guidance on sampling, testing, and classifying wood durability against brown and white rot fungi. However, in their latest revised versions, both standards recommend the use of probability density functions for fitting mass loss data (ML). Subsequently, the durability of wood and its variability should be further characterised. The aim of this study was to statistically analyse the ML data from laboratory agar plate tests with different European-grown wood species and to examine the effect of different statistical treatments on the standardised classification scheme of wood durability. It was concluded that more precise guidance is needed on the sampling procedure since significant differences in durability exist between stem zones. The assignment of dispersion indicators requires a revision to ensure clear, unmistakable, and reproducible durability classification of wood. Deficits in the description of the proposed statistical treatments in both standards became evident. It can be questioned whether the application of probability density functions provides additional information about the variability of wood durability.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Statistical Analysis of Wood Durability Data and Its Effect on a Standardised Classification Scheme</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Christian Brischke</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Felix Haase</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Lea Bächle</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Susanne Bollmus</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020017</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-06-16</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-06-16</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>210</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020017</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/17</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/16">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 198-209: A Multicriteria Standard to Rank Plea Bargain Proposals</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/16</link>
	<description>This article presents a model for the comparison of plea bargain proposals. The use of the model increases the possibility of the satisfactory development of the negotiation of rewarded collaboration agreements recently permitted under Brazilian law. A novelty in the model is the objective consideration of society&amp;amp;rsquo;s interest in adequately punishing defendants whose guilt can be proven. To allow for the inclusion of this element, a multicriteria approach that adds the criteria representing the prosecution&amp;amp;rsquo;s aims to the criteria regarding the accused&amp;amp;rsquo;s positions is adopted. The importance of the criteria is derived without direct criteria weighting. A novel joint treatment to criteria collinearity and interaction is developed, which enables the model to accommodate any number of defendants, proposals, and criteria. The framework so developed enhances transparency and encourages collaboration. By assigning a new meaning to the plea bargain, it is able to bring about the necessary shift in cultural standards that can lead to the effective weakening of criminal organizations.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-06-06</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 198-209: A Multicriteria Standard to Rank Plea Bargain Proposals</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/16">doi: 10.3390/standards3020016</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Annibal Parracho Sant’Anna
		Luiz Octávio Gavião
		Tiago Lezan Sant’Anna
		</p>
	<p>This article presents a model for the comparison of plea bargain proposals. The use of the model increases the possibility of the satisfactory development of the negotiation of rewarded collaboration agreements recently permitted under Brazilian law. A novelty in the model is the objective consideration of society&amp;amp;rsquo;s interest in adequately punishing defendants whose guilt can be proven. To allow for the inclusion of this element, a multicriteria approach that adds the criteria representing the prosecution&amp;amp;rsquo;s aims to the criteria regarding the accused&amp;amp;rsquo;s positions is adopted. The importance of the criteria is derived without direct criteria weighting. A novel joint treatment to criteria collinearity and interaction is developed, which enables the model to accommodate any number of defendants, proposals, and criteria. The framework so developed enhances transparency and encourages collaboration. By assigning a new meaning to the plea bargain, it is able to bring about the necessary shift in cultural standards that can lead to the effective weakening of criminal organizations.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>A Multicriteria Standard to Rank Plea Bargain Proposals</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Annibal Parracho Sant’Anna</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Luiz Octávio Gavião</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Tiago Lezan Sant’Anna</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020016</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-06-06</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-06-06</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>198</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020016</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/16</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/15">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 187-197: Service Quality Methods and Practices to Improve Library Administration: A Pilot Study</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/15</link>
	<description>The aim of this study is to identify the differentiated services university libraries are able to offer students by prioritizing service quality factors using the various dimensions and factors of service quality. The paper proposes a study that adopts the Parasuraman, Zeithaml, and Berry (PZB) service quality model to construct a model for measuring the service quality of a university library. The study conducts analysis using an expert questionnaire and the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) to identify students&amp;amp;rsquo; needs with respect to the library&amp;amp;rsquo;s service quality. This study covered 44 different graduate institutes, but it is aimed at postgraduate student-oriented university libraries, which may not reveal the real status of different types of libraries. The five dimensions of service quality identified in this study by order of importance are responsiveness, tangibility, reliability, assurance, and empathy. The first three criteria of the twenty-two assessment criteria are &amp;amp;ldquo;The staff is unwilling to help students&amp;amp;rdquo;, &amp;amp;ldquo;The library&amp;amp;rsquo;s facilities match up with the type of services&amp;amp;rdquo; and &amp;amp;ldquo;Students are unable to receive fast services from staff&amp;amp;rdquo;. This article seeks to provide innovative methods for previous library management in the university library and the research results could also provide useful references with social implications and novel value to the university library&amp;amp;rsquo;s management team to improve the library&amp;amp;rsquo;s service quality.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-05-29</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 187-197: Service Quality Methods and Practices to Improve Library Administration: A Pilot Study</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/15">doi: 10.3390/standards3020015</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Chao-Chung Ho
		Yi-Horng Lai
		Ming-Shu Chen
		</p>
	<p>The aim of this study is to identify the differentiated services university libraries are able to offer students by prioritizing service quality factors using the various dimensions and factors of service quality. The paper proposes a study that adopts the Parasuraman, Zeithaml, and Berry (PZB) service quality model to construct a model for measuring the service quality of a university library. The study conducts analysis using an expert questionnaire and the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) to identify students&amp;amp;rsquo; needs with respect to the library&amp;amp;rsquo;s service quality. This study covered 44 different graduate institutes, but it is aimed at postgraduate student-oriented university libraries, which may not reveal the real status of different types of libraries. The five dimensions of service quality identified in this study by order of importance are responsiveness, tangibility, reliability, assurance, and empathy. The first three criteria of the twenty-two assessment criteria are &amp;amp;ldquo;The staff is unwilling to help students&amp;amp;rdquo;, &amp;amp;ldquo;The library&amp;amp;rsquo;s facilities match up with the type of services&amp;amp;rdquo; and &amp;amp;ldquo;Students are unable to receive fast services from staff&amp;amp;rdquo;. This article seeks to provide innovative methods for previous library management in the university library and the research results could also provide useful references with social implications and novel value to the university library&amp;amp;rsquo;s management team to improve the library&amp;amp;rsquo;s service quality.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Service Quality Methods and Practices to Improve Library Administration: A Pilot Study</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Chao-Chung Ho</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Yi-Horng Lai</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ming-Shu Chen</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020015</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-05-29</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-05-29</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Communication</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>187</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020015</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/15</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/14">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 177-186: &amp;ldquo;Zero Residue&amp;rdquo; Concept&amp;mdash;Implementation and Certification Challenges</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/14</link>
	<description>This paper gives an overview of scientific challenges in implementing and certifying &amp;amp;ldquo;Zero residue&amp;amp;rdquo; approach. The rationale behind the concept is that final control of commodities during/immediately after harvesting should confirm that traces of all used plant protection products are less than or equal to 0.01 mg/kg. To evaluate the risks in applying this concept, FMEA (Failure Mode and Effect Analysis) as a tool has been used. Among the most common factors affecting the pesticide residue levels in fresh produce, the following three appeared to be the biggest challenges in the &amp;amp;ldquo;Zero residue&amp;amp;rdquo; concept implementation and certification process: the use of unregistered plant protection products, inadequate sampling plan, and inappropriate laboratory methods. The analysis showed that all three factors have strong influence on achieving &amp;amp;ldquo;Zero residue&amp;amp;rdquo; limits.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-05-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 177-186: &amp;ldquo;Zero Residue&amp;rdquo; Concept&amp;mdash;Implementation and Certification Challenges</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/14">doi: 10.3390/standards3020014</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Ilija Djekic
		Nada Smigic
		Bozidar Udovicki
		Nikola Tomic
		</p>
	<p>This paper gives an overview of scientific challenges in implementing and certifying &amp;amp;ldquo;Zero residue&amp;amp;rdquo; approach. The rationale behind the concept is that final control of commodities during/immediately after harvesting should confirm that traces of all used plant protection products are less than or equal to 0.01 mg/kg. To evaluate the risks in applying this concept, FMEA (Failure Mode and Effect Analysis) as a tool has been used. Among the most common factors affecting the pesticide residue levels in fresh produce, the following three appeared to be the biggest challenges in the &amp;amp;ldquo;Zero residue&amp;amp;rdquo; concept implementation and certification process: the use of unregistered plant protection products, inadequate sampling plan, and inappropriate laboratory methods. The analysis showed that all three factors have strong influence on achieving &amp;amp;ldquo;Zero residue&amp;amp;rdquo; limits.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>&amp;amp;ldquo;Zero Residue&amp;amp;rdquo; Concept&amp;amp;mdash;Implementation and Certification Challenges</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Ilija Djekic</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Nada Smigic</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Bozidar Udovicki</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Nikola Tomic</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020014</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-05-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-05-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>177</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020014</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/14</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/13">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 169-176: Influence of the Concrete Block on the Tile Adhesive Strength Measured According to EN 12004</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/13</link>
	<description>Ceramic tile adhesives (CTA) are playing a dominant role for the business of dry-mix producers. Their quality is classified according to EN 12004. In addition, this standard describes the procedure of a CTA&amp;amp;rsquo;s performance evaluation. Therefore, a defined ceramic tile, a concrete substrate, and the actual tile adhesive is required. In our study, we investigated the influence of different concrete slabs on the results of two tile adhesives. In two cases, the influence of an additional thermal storage of the concrete slabs was evaluated. The tests were strictly performed according to EN 12004-2:2017. The highest variation for the same tile adhesive was found for the adhesion after heat storage measured on different concrete substrates. With a higher polymer content the influence tended to level out. Additionally, a significant deviation was observed for the adhesion strength after water storage, even causing a lower CTA classification on one substrate. The results of our investigation show that the quality of concrete slabs and their storage conditions should be seriously considered in comparing the performance of tile adhesive according to EN 12004.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-05-16</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 169-176: Influence of the Concrete Block on the Tile Adhesive Strength Measured According to EN 12004</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/13">doi: 10.3390/standards3020013</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Michael Faatz
		Agnes Ehmann
		</p>
	<p>Ceramic tile adhesives (CTA) are playing a dominant role for the business of dry-mix producers. Their quality is classified according to EN 12004. In addition, this standard describes the procedure of a CTA&amp;amp;rsquo;s performance evaluation. Therefore, a defined ceramic tile, a concrete substrate, and the actual tile adhesive is required. In our study, we investigated the influence of different concrete slabs on the results of two tile adhesives. In two cases, the influence of an additional thermal storage of the concrete slabs was evaluated. The tests were strictly performed according to EN 12004-2:2017. The highest variation for the same tile adhesive was found for the adhesion after heat storage measured on different concrete substrates. With a higher polymer content the influence tended to level out. Additionally, a significant deviation was observed for the adhesion strength after water storage, even causing a lower CTA classification on one substrate. The results of our investigation show that the quality of concrete slabs and their storage conditions should be seriously considered in comparing the performance of tile adhesive according to EN 12004.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Influence of the Concrete Block on the Tile Adhesive Strength Measured According to EN 12004</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Michael Faatz</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Agnes Ehmann</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020013</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-05-16</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-05-16</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>169</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020013</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/13</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/12">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 136-168: Finest Magic Cloth or a Naked Emperor? The SKQuest Data Set on Software Metrics for Improving Transparency and Quality</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/12</link>
	<description>Software development has a problem with transparency/visibility. As an intangible product, software and its intermediate development results are hard to see or touch. Customers of custom software have difficulties checking progress, and risk coming out with costly but low-quality software. In the space domain with its often expensive and one-of-a-kind devices, which are developed in complex multitier supply chains, the risk is even greater. This paper presents the SKQuest data set. It contains the completed responses with 190 variables from an empirical study with over 100 software experts. The data set covers distinct aspects of measuring metrics and transparency in software projects. To show what information lies in the data set, the paper investigates, and affirms, from different perspectives, the following questions: Is transparency a problem in software development projects? Is there a desire for more transparency in projects? Can metrics contribute to improving the situation? Moreover, it attempts to replicate the results of an earlier study. The main contribution of this paper is, however, the SKQuest data set that is published with this paper in CSV formatas. It is a tool that enables systematic investigations of software metrics and allows research on how they can improve the efficiency of the software lifecycle, not limited to, but particularly with respect to transparency. Consequently, the paper may serve as a starting point for future research avenues in academia and industry and help to improve existing and future standards in software development.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-05-04</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 136-168: Finest Magic Cloth or a Naked Emperor? The SKQuest Data Set on Software Metrics for Improving Transparency and Quality</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/12">doi: 10.3390/standards3020012</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Christian R. Prause
		Ralf Gerlich
		</p>
	<p>Software development has a problem with transparency/visibility. As an intangible product, software and its intermediate development results are hard to see or touch. Customers of custom software have difficulties checking progress, and risk coming out with costly but low-quality software. In the space domain with its often expensive and one-of-a-kind devices, which are developed in complex multitier supply chains, the risk is even greater. This paper presents the SKQuest data set. It contains the completed responses with 190 variables from an empirical study with over 100 software experts. The data set covers distinct aspects of measuring metrics and transparency in software projects. To show what information lies in the data set, the paper investigates, and affirms, from different perspectives, the following questions: Is transparency a problem in software development projects? Is there a desire for more transparency in projects? Can metrics contribute to improving the situation? Moreover, it attempts to replicate the results of an earlier study. The main contribution of this paper is, however, the SKQuest data set that is published with this paper in CSV formatas. It is a tool that enables systematic investigations of software metrics and allows research on how they can improve the efficiency of the software lifecycle, not limited to, but particularly with respect to transparency. Consequently, the paper may serve as a starting point for future research avenues in academia and industry and help to improve existing and future standards in software development.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Finest Magic Cloth or a Naked Emperor? The SKQuest Data Set on Software Metrics for Improving Transparency and Quality</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Christian R. Prause</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ralf Gerlich</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020012</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-05-04</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-05-04</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>136</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020012</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/12</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/11">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 133-135: Special Issue: Feature Papers to Celebrate the Inaugural Issue of Standards</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/11</link>
	<description>Standards are a set of guidelines or criteria used to ensure consistency, quality, safety, and compatibility in products, services, and processes [...]</description>
	<pubDate>2023-04-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 133-135: Special Issue: Feature Papers to Celebrate the Inaugural Issue of Standards</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/11">doi: 10.3390/standards3020011</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Peter Glavič
		</p>
	<p>Standards are a set of guidelines or criteria used to ensure consistency, quality, safety, and compatibility in products, services, and processes [...]</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Special Issue: Feature Papers to Celebrate the Inaugural Issue of Standards</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Peter Glavič</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020011</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-04-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-04-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Editorial</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>133</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020011</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/11</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/10">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 110-132: Comparing the Effectiveness of Robust Statistical Estimators of Proficiency Testing Schemes in Outlier Detection</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/10</link>
	<description>This study investigates the effectiveness of robust estimators of location and dispersion, used in proficiency testing and listed in ISO 13528:2015, in outlier detection. The models utilize (a) kernel density plots, (b) Z-factors, (c) Monte Carlo simulations, and (d) distributions derived from at most two contaminating distributions and one main Gaussian. The simulation parameters cover a wide range of those commonly encountered in proficiency testing (PT) schemes, so the results presented are of fairly general application. We chose a functional sub-optimal solution by grouping and classifying the model settings, resulting in five matrices readily usable for selecting the best robust estimator. Whenever at most half of the distribution of each contaminating population is outside the central distribution, there is only one optimal estimator. For all other cases, the five matrices provide the appropriate robust statistic. The proposed method applies to 95.1% of 144 results for an existing PT for cement. These actual datasets indicate that the Hampel estimator for the mean and the Q-method for the standard deviation provide the most appropriate performance statistic in 86.1% of the cases.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-04-06</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 110-132: Comparing the Effectiveness of Robust Statistical Estimators of Proficiency Testing Schemes in Outlier Detection</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/10">doi: 10.3390/standards3020010</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Dimitris Tsamatsoulis
		</p>
	<p>This study investigates the effectiveness of robust estimators of location and dispersion, used in proficiency testing and listed in ISO 13528:2015, in outlier detection. The models utilize (a) kernel density plots, (b) Z-factors, (c) Monte Carlo simulations, and (d) distributions derived from at most two contaminating distributions and one main Gaussian. The simulation parameters cover a wide range of those commonly encountered in proficiency testing (PT) schemes, so the results presented are of fairly general application. We chose a functional sub-optimal solution by grouping and classifying the model settings, resulting in five matrices readily usable for selecting the best robust estimator. Whenever at most half of the distribution of each contaminating population is outside the central distribution, there is only one optimal estimator. For all other cases, the five matrices provide the appropriate robust statistic. The proposed method applies to 95.1% of 144 results for an existing PT for cement. These actual datasets indicate that the Hampel estimator for the mean and the Q-method for the standard deviation provide the most appropriate performance statistic in 86.1% of the cases.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Comparing the Effectiveness of Robust Statistical Estimators of Proficiency Testing Schemes in Outlier Detection</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Dimitris Tsamatsoulis</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020010</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-04-06</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-04-06</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>110</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020010</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/10</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/9">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 95-109: A Review of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Applications in Construction Management: 2016&amp;ndash;2021</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/9</link>
	<description>With the rapid advancement of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) technologies in recent years, their uses have been increasingly adopted in the architecture, engineering, and construction industries. To satisfy the needs of various types of construction projects, a considerable amount of research work has been performed to implement and refine the operations, safety, and accuracy of UAVs. This paper presents the findings of a comprehensive literature review that focuses on UAV research in construction management during the timeframe of 2016 to 2021. A total of 95 papers were identified and collected from a list of 21 relevant journals and conference proceedings, and were then categorized by their research topic, sensor types, and targeted structures. The results of 47 exemplary studies were reported in two categories, namely UAV uses and construction uses. The research topics identified for UAV uses include algorithm, applications, operations, framework, and training, while research topics identified for construction use include inspection, surveying, safety, and monitoring. The connection between the research topics, sensor types, targeted structures, and other advanced technologies were also discussed. This paper summarizes the current results of UAV research in construction management, reviews the methodology, benefits, and limitations of the reviewed literature, and provides valuable knowledge for the future trend of UAV applications in the civil, infrastructure, and construction industries.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-04-03</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 95-109: A Review of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Applications in Construction Management: 2016&amp;ndash;2021</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/9">doi: 10.3390/standards3020009</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Andres Acero Molina
		Yilei Huang
		Yuhan Jiang
		</p>
	<p>With the rapid advancement of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) technologies in recent years, their uses have been increasingly adopted in the architecture, engineering, and construction industries. To satisfy the needs of various types of construction projects, a considerable amount of research work has been performed to implement and refine the operations, safety, and accuracy of UAVs. This paper presents the findings of a comprehensive literature review that focuses on UAV research in construction management during the timeframe of 2016 to 2021. A total of 95 papers were identified and collected from a list of 21 relevant journals and conference proceedings, and were then categorized by their research topic, sensor types, and targeted structures. The results of 47 exemplary studies were reported in two categories, namely UAV uses and construction uses. The research topics identified for UAV uses include algorithm, applications, operations, framework, and training, while research topics identified for construction use include inspection, surveying, safety, and monitoring. The connection between the research topics, sensor types, targeted structures, and other advanced technologies were also discussed. This paper summarizes the current results of UAV research in construction management, reviews the methodology, benefits, and limitations of the reviewed literature, and provides valuable knowledge for the future trend of UAV applications in the civil, infrastructure, and construction industries.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>A Review of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Applications in Construction Management: 2016&amp;amp;ndash;2021</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Andres Acero Molina</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Yilei Huang</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Yuhan Jiang</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3020009</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-04-03</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-04-03</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>2</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Review</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>95</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3020009</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/2/9</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/8">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 84-94: Quality Improvement of the Forging Process Using Pareto Analysis and 8D Methodology in Automotive Manufacturing: A Case Study</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/8</link>
	<description>A systematic approach to nonconformity management and continuous improvements are the key elements of the quality management system. The objective of this paper is to present quality improvement for a manufacturing company producing forgings through the combination of several statistical methods and quality control techniques. First, Pareto analysis was applied, followed by the 8D (eight disciplines) methodology using a structured eight-step approach to problem solving following the PDCA (plan-do-check-act) method. The aim was to identify the problem and discover the critical causes of failures in the management system that allowed the problem to occur, by modifying and combining appropriate quality management methods and tools. The paper introduces a case study considering the forging process in the production of gearboxes, where customer complaints were identified in the last year, demanding the need to eliminate failures. Using the mentioned methods, the root cause of the problem was identified and permanent corrective action was planned and implemented according to the recommendations of the 8D report, which made it possible to reduce the likelihood of a recurrence of this problem and increase customer satisfaction.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-03-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 84-94: Quality Improvement of the Forging Process Using Pareto Analysis and 8D Methodology in Automotive Manufacturing: A Case Study</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/8">doi: 10.3390/standards3010008</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Katarína Lestyánszka Škůrková
		Helena Fidlerová
		Marta Niciejewska
		Adam Idzikowski
		</p>
	<p>A systematic approach to nonconformity management and continuous improvements are the key elements of the quality management system. The objective of this paper is to present quality improvement for a manufacturing company producing forgings through the combination of several statistical methods and quality control techniques. First, Pareto analysis was applied, followed by the 8D (eight disciplines) methodology using a structured eight-step approach to problem solving following the PDCA (plan-do-check-act) method. The aim was to identify the problem and discover the critical causes of failures in the management system that allowed the problem to occur, by modifying and combining appropriate quality management methods and tools. The paper introduces a case study considering the forging process in the production of gearboxes, where customer complaints were identified in the last year, demanding the need to eliminate failures. Using the mentioned methods, the root cause of the problem was identified and permanent corrective action was planned and implemented according to the recommendations of the 8D report, which made it possible to reduce the likelihood of a recurrence of this problem and increase customer satisfaction.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Quality Improvement of the Forging Process Using Pareto Analysis and 8D Methodology in Automotive Manufacturing: A Case Study</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Katarína Lestyánszka Škůrková</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Helena Fidlerová</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Marta Niciejewska</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Adam Idzikowski</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3010008</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-03-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-03-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>84</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3010008</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/8</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/7">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 70-83: Predicting Advanced Air Mobility Adoption Globally by Machine Learning</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/7</link>
	<description>Advanced air mobility (AAM) is a sustainable aviation initiative to deliver cargo and passengers in urban and regional locations by electrified drones. The widespread expectation is that AAM adoption worldwide will help to reduce pollution, reduce transport costs, increase accessibility, and enable a more reliable and resilient supply chain. However, most countries lack regulations that legalize AAM. A fragmented regulatory approach hampers the progress of business prospectors and international organizations concerned with human welfare. Therefore, amidst high uncertainty, knowledge of indicators that can predict the propensity for AAM adoption will help nations and organizations plan for drone use. This research finds predictive indicators by assembling a unique dataset of 36 economic, social, environmental, governance, land use, technology, and transportation indicators for 204 nations. Subsequently, the best of 12 different machine learning models ranks the predictive importance of the indicators. The gross domestic product (GDP) and the regulatory quality index (RQI) developed by the Worldwide Governance Indicators (WGI) project were the two top predictors. Just as importantly, the poor predictors were as follows: the social progress index developed by the Social Progress Imperative, the WGI rule-of-law index, land use characteristics such as rural and urban proportions, borders on open waterways, population density, technology accessibility such as electricity and cell phones, carbon dioxide emission level, aviation traffic, port traffic, tourist arrivals, and roadway fatalities.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-03-16</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 70-83: Predicting Advanced Air Mobility Adoption Globally by Machine Learning</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/7">doi: 10.3390/standards3010007</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Raj Bridgelall
		</p>
	<p>Advanced air mobility (AAM) is a sustainable aviation initiative to deliver cargo and passengers in urban and regional locations by electrified drones. The widespread expectation is that AAM adoption worldwide will help to reduce pollution, reduce transport costs, increase accessibility, and enable a more reliable and resilient supply chain. However, most countries lack regulations that legalize AAM. A fragmented regulatory approach hampers the progress of business prospectors and international organizations concerned with human welfare. Therefore, amidst high uncertainty, knowledge of indicators that can predict the propensity for AAM adoption will help nations and organizations plan for drone use. This research finds predictive indicators by assembling a unique dataset of 36 economic, social, environmental, governance, land use, technology, and transportation indicators for 204 nations. Subsequently, the best of 12 different machine learning models ranks the predictive importance of the indicators. The gross domestic product (GDP) and the regulatory quality index (RQI) developed by the Worldwide Governance Indicators (WGI) project were the two top predictors. Just as importantly, the poor predictors were as follows: the social progress index developed by the Social Progress Imperative, the WGI rule-of-law index, land use characteristics such as rural and urban proportions, borders on open waterways, population density, technology accessibility such as electricity and cell phones, carbon dioxide emission level, aviation traffic, port traffic, tourist arrivals, and roadway fatalities.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Predicting Advanced Air Mobility Adoption Globally by Machine Learning</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Raj Bridgelall</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3010007</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-03-16</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-03-16</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>70</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3010007</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/7</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/6">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 57-69: Application of the FMEA Tool in an Accredited Testing Laboratory in the Context of the ISO/IEC 17025:2017 Standard</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/6</link>
	<description>Organizations and laboratories tend to integrate systems based on risk management. Risk management helps to optimize laboratory processes and information flow, increase valid and reliable results, and make better decisions. This paper describes the development and present trends in risk management related to standard ISO/IEC 17025. This paper focuses on risk assessment in the accredited testing laboratories using the FMEA tool. In the basic eight defined laboratory areas, risks were identified and evaluated, and methods were proposed to minimize them.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-03-01</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 57-69: Application of the FMEA Tool in an Accredited Testing Laboratory in the Context of the ISO/IEC 17025:2017 Standard</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/6">doi: 10.3390/standards3010006</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Peter Blaško
		Marek Šolc
		Jozef Petrík
		Lenka Girmanová
		Andrea Blašková
		</p>
	<p>Organizations and laboratories tend to integrate systems based on risk management. Risk management helps to optimize laboratory processes and information flow, increase valid and reliable results, and make better decisions. This paper describes the development and present trends in risk management related to standard ISO/IEC 17025. This paper focuses on risk assessment in the accredited testing laboratories using the FMEA tool. In the basic eight defined laboratory areas, risks were identified and evaluated, and methods were proposed to minimize them.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Application of the FMEA Tool in an Accredited Testing Laboratory in the Context of the ISO/IEC 17025:2017 Standard</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Peter Blaško</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Marek Šolc</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Jozef Petrík</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Lenka Girmanová</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Andrea Blašková</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3010006</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-03-01</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-03-01</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>57</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3010006</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/6</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/5">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 43-56: Food Waste: The Good, the Bad, and (Maybe) the Ugly</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/5</link>
	<description>Approximately one-third of the food produced globally&amp;amp;mdash;close to 1 billion tons&amp;amp;mdash;ends up as waste, and, at the same time, more than 800 million people are undernourished, which makes Sustainable Development Goal 12.3, to halve food waste by 2020, rather ambitious if not illusory. In the present study, data on food waste in households, the food service sector, and the retail sector are used as indicators for 78 countries that are analyzed by applying a partial order methodology&amp;amp;mdash;allowing all indicators to be taken into account simultaneously&amp;amp;mdash;to disclose the &amp;amp;ldquo;good&amp;amp;rdquo; (below average) and the &amp;amp;ldquo;bad&amp;amp;rdquo; (above average) among the countries on an average scale. Countries such as Belgium, Japan, and Slovenia should be labeled as &amp;amp;ldquo;good&amp;amp;rdquo; in this context, whereas the &amp;amp;ldquo;bad&amp;amp;rdquo; includes countries such as Nigeria, Rwanda, and Tanzania, countries that must cope simultaneously with severe malnutrition and hunger. This study further includes a search for so-called peculiar countries. Here, the USA and Ireland pop up, as they have very high amounts of waste in their food service sectors due to their eating profiles. Finally, the possible influence of assigning a higher weight to household waste is discussed. The overall objective of this study is to contribute to the necessary decisions that need to be made in order to fight the food waste problem and, thus, fulfill Sustainable Development Goal No. 2&amp;amp;mdash;zero hunger. As the world produces enough food for everyone, it is unacceptable that more than 800 million people are undernourished and that 14 million children suffer from stunting; perhaps all countries call for the label &amp;amp;ldquo;ugly&amp;amp;rdquo;. The present study contributes to highlighting the food waste problem and suggests specific action points for the studied countries.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-02-16</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 43-56: Food Waste: The Good, the Bad, and (Maybe) the Ugly</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/5">doi: 10.3390/standards3010005</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Lars Carlsen
		</p>
	<p>Approximately one-third of the food produced globally&amp;amp;mdash;close to 1 billion tons&amp;amp;mdash;ends up as waste, and, at the same time, more than 800 million people are undernourished, which makes Sustainable Development Goal 12.3, to halve food waste by 2020, rather ambitious if not illusory. In the present study, data on food waste in households, the food service sector, and the retail sector are used as indicators for 78 countries that are analyzed by applying a partial order methodology&amp;amp;mdash;allowing all indicators to be taken into account simultaneously&amp;amp;mdash;to disclose the &amp;amp;ldquo;good&amp;amp;rdquo; (below average) and the &amp;amp;ldquo;bad&amp;amp;rdquo; (above average) among the countries on an average scale. Countries such as Belgium, Japan, and Slovenia should be labeled as &amp;amp;ldquo;good&amp;amp;rdquo; in this context, whereas the &amp;amp;ldquo;bad&amp;amp;rdquo; includes countries such as Nigeria, Rwanda, and Tanzania, countries that must cope simultaneously with severe malnutrition and hunger. This study further includes a search for so-called peculiar countries. Here, the USA and Ireland pop up, as they have very high amounts of waste in their food service sectors due to their eating profiles. Finally, the possible influence of assigning a higher weight to household waste is discussed. The overall objective of this study is to contribute to the necessary decisions that need to be made in order to fight the food waste problem and, thus, fulfill Sustainable Development Goal No. 2&amp;amp;mdash;zero hunger. As the world produces enough food for everyone, it is unacceptable that more than 800 million people are undernourished and that 14 million children suffer from stunting; perhaps all countries call for the label &amp;amp;ldquo;ugly&amp;amp;rdquo;. The present study contributes to highlighting the food waste problem and suggests specific action points for the studied countries.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Food Waste: The Good, the Bad, and (Maybe) the Ugly</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Lars Carlsen</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3010005</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-02-16</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-02-16</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>43</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3010005</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/5</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/4">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 31-42: Successful Innovation Transfer through Pre-Standardization: A Case Study</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/4</link>
	<description>This study presents an approach to structure, analyze and evaluate corporate standardization processes using the example of pre-standardization for the reduction of environmental impacts in product design and development. For this purpose, we give a detailed description of the evolution of the European Standard EN 16524 entitled &amp;amp;ldquo;Mechanical products&amp;amp;mdash;Methodology for reduction of environmental impacts in product design and development&amp;amp;rdquo;. The standardization strategy behind the evolution of EN 16524 is analyzed using the approach of a Business Model Canvas combined with an evaluation using pre-defined success factors. Moreover, we derive general recommendations for corporate standardization professionals in checklists for each field of the underlying Business Model Canvas. With regard to the case study depicted here, we come to the conclusion that pre-standards are especially suited for innovation transfer in the field of emerging and rapidly evolving scientific and technical results.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-02-02</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 31-42: Successful Innovation Transfer through Pre-Standardization: A Case Study</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/4">doi: 10.3390/standards3010004</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Sascha Nehr
		Simon Jäckel
		</p>
	<p>This study presents an approach to structure, analyze and evaluate corporate standardization processes using the example of pre-standardization for the reduction of environmental impacts in product design and development. For this purpose, we give a detailed description of the evolution of the European Standard EN 16524 entitled &amp;amp;ldquo;Mechanical products&amp;amp;mdash;Methodology for reduction of environmental impacts in product design and development&amp;amp;rdquo;. The standardization strategy behind the evolution of EN 16524 is analyzed using the approach of a Business Model Canvas combined with an evaluation using pre-defined success factors. Moreover, we derive general recommendations for corporate standardization professionals in checklists for each field of the underlying Business Model Canvas. With regard to the case study depicted here, we come to the conclusion that pre-standards are especially suited for innovation transfer in the field of emerging and rapidly evolving scientific and technical results.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Successful Innovation Transfer through Pre-Standardization: A Case Study</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Sascha Nehr</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Simon Jäckel</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3010004</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-02-02</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-02-02</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>31</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3010004</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/4</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/3">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 21-30: Asking about Risk in a Company: A New Approach to Learning ISO 45001 in Engineering Programs</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/3</link>
	<description>This paper proposes a workflow so that engineering scholars can learn to ask effective questions to establish systems of consultation to workers following the indications of the international standard ISO 45001 &amp;amp;ldquo;Occupational health and safety management systems&amp;amp;rdquo; (Chapter 5.1) in the context of a medium-size developer and construction company. The methodology has been specifically designed to assess whether it is possible for students to acquire skills in ISO 45001 by developing an innovative method for their own employee questionnaires, and this new standard requires professionals who know how to apply the fundamentals in an industrial context. An experiment with 31 mechanical engineering students was carried out. The new methodology was applied based on three learning levels: large group, working group, and individual student. Different research instruments have been applied to evaluate how they perceive the activity with respect to the usefulness for learning and adaptation to reality. It has also tried to evaluate the subjective sensation during the development of the activity: feelings of happiness, self-confidence, and satisfaction of the scholars. The results show that students considered the activity as interesting, useful for learning, and adapted to reality, posing an important challenge that may have served to improve intrinsic motivation in the learning of management systems.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-01-16</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 21-30: Asking about Risk in a Company: A New Approach to Learning ISO 45001 in Engineering Programs</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/3">doi: 10.3390/standards3010003</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Manuel Rodríguez-Martín
		Pablo Rodríguez-Gonzálvez
		Rosario Domingo
		</p>
	<p>This paper proposes a workflow so that engineering scholars can learn to ask effective questions to establish systems of consultation to workers following the indications of the international standard ISO 45001 &amp;amp;ldquo;Occupational health and safety management systems&amp;amp;rdquo; (Chapter 5.1) in the context of a medium-size developer and construction company. The methodology has been specifically designed to assess whether it is possible for students to acquire skills in ISO 45001 by developing an innovative method for their own employee questionnaires, and this new standard requires professionals who know how to apply the fundamentals in an industrial context. An experiment with 31 mechanical engineering students was carried out. The new methodology was applied based on three learning levels: large group, working group, and individual student. Different research instruments have been applied to evaluate how they perceive the activity with respect to the usefulness for learning and adaptation to reality. It has also tried to evaluate the subjective sensation during the development of the activity: feelings of happiness, self-confidence, and satisfaction of the scholars. The results show that students considered the activity as interesting, useful for learning, and adapted to reality, posing an important challenge that may have served to improve intrinsic motivation in the learning of management systems.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Asking about Risk in a Company: A New Approach to Learning ISO 45001 in Engineering Programs</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Manuel Rodríguez-Martín</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Pablo Rodríguez-Gonzálvez</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Rosario Domingo</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3010003</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-01-16</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-01-16</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>21</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3010003</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/3</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/2">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 19-20: Acknowledgment to the Reviewers of Standards in 2022</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/2</link>
	<description>High-quality academic publishing is built on rigorous peer review [...]</description>
	<pubDate>2023-01-16</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 19-20: Acknowledgment to the Reviewers of Standards in 2022</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/2">doi: 10.3390/standards3010002</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Standards Editorial Office Standards Editorial Office
		</p>
	<p>High-quality academic publishing is built on rigorous peer review [...]</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Acknowledgment to the Reviewers of Standards in 2022</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Standards Editorial Office Standards Editorial Office</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3010002</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-01-16</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-01-16</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Editorial</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>19</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3010002</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/2</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/1">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 1-18: Framework and Capability of Industrial IoT Infrastructure for Smart Manufacturing</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/1</link>
	<description>The Internet of Things (IoT) and smart manufacturing (SM) are mutually reinforcing. The establishment of IoT-based common facilities for SM is the premise of building SM system. Industrial IoT (IIoT) infrastructure for SM refers to common facilities based on IoT that support SM in industries or sectors, and plays a dominant role and faces severe challenges in the intelligence of SM. The infrastructure is independent of the products and production process in a specific factory. This paper develops conceptual and capability frameworks of IIoT infrastructure from a unified perspective of IIoT-related SM industries. These frameworks reflect relationships between IIoT and SM with in-depth relationships among basic facilities of IIoT infrastructure and lay the foundation of SM. In this paper the common characteristics and high-level requirements with respect to the different IoT layers of IIoT infrastructure are analyzed, and the capability framework and relevant capabilities of IIoT infrastructure are summarized according to the characteristics and requirements. In order to help service providers implement their systems to meet the needs of SM, the existing and newly developed IIoT infrastructure are integrated partially or in whole according to the intelligence level, so as to provide technical guidance for stakeholders to apply emerging ICTs to SM.</description>
	<pubDate>2023-01-03</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 3, Pages 1-18: Framework and Capability of Industrial IoT Infrastructure for Smart Manufacturing</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/1">doi: 10.3390/standards3010001</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Keng Li
		Yu Zhang
		Yong Huang
		Zhiwei Tian
		Ziqin Sang
		</p>
	<p>The Internet of Things (IoT) and smart manufacturing (SM) are mutually reinforcing. The establishment of IoT-based common facilities for SM is the premise of building SM system. Industrial IoT (IIoT) infrastructure for SM refers to common facilities based on IoT that support SM in industries or sectors, and plays a dominant role and faces severe challenges in the intelligence of SM. The infrastructure is independent of the products and production process in a specific factory. This paper develops conceptual and capability frameworks of IIoT infrastructure from a unified perspective of IIoT-related SM industries. These frameworks reflect relationships between IIoT and SM with in-depth relationships among basic facilities of IIoT infrastructure and lay the foundation of SM. In this paper the common characteristics and high-level requirements with respect to the different IoT layers of IIoT infrastructure are analyzed, and the capability framework and relevant capabilities of IIoT infrastructure are summarized according to the characteristics and requirements. In order to help service providers implement their systems to meet the needs of SM, the existing and newly developed IIoT infrastructure are integrated partially or in whole according to the intelligence level, so as to provide technical guidance for stakeholders to apply emerging ICTs to SM.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Framework and Capability of Industrial IoT Infrastructure for Smart Manufacturing</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Keng Li</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Yu Zhang</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Yong Huang</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Zhiwei Tian</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ziqin Sang</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards3010001</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2023-01-03</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2023-01-03</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>3</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>1</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>1</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards3010001</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/3/1/1</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/35">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 2, Pages 503-521: Combining Different Stakeholders&amp;rsquo; Opinions in Multi-Criteria Decision Analyses Applying Partial Order Methodology</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/35</link>
	<description>Multi-criteria decision analyses (MCDA) for prioritizations may be performed applying a variety of available software, e.g., methods such as Analytic Network Process (ANP) and Elimination Et Choice Translating Reality (ELECTRE III) as recently suggested by Kalifa et al. In addition to a data matrix, usually based on indicators and designed for describing the parts of the framework intended for the MCDA, these methods require input of a variety of other parameters that are not necessarily immediately obtainable. Often the indicators are simply combined by a weighted sum to obtain a ranking score, which is supposed to reflect the opinion of a multitude of stakeholders. A single ranking score facilitates the decision as a unique ordering is obtained; however, such a ranking score masks potential conflicts that are expressed by the values of the single indicators. Beyond hiding the inherent conflicts, the problem arises that the weights, needed for summing up the indicator values are difficult to obtain or are even controversially discussed. Here we show a procedure, which takes care of potential different weighting schemes but nevertheless does not mask any inherent conflicts. Two examples are given, one with a small (traffic) system and one with a pretty large data matrix (food sustainability). The results show how decisions can be facilitated even taking a multitude of stakeholder opinions into account although conflicts are not necessarily completely eliminated as demonstrated in the second case.</description>
	<pubDate>2022-12-19</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 2, Pages 503-521: Combining Different Stakeholders&amp;rsquo; Opinions in Multi-Criteria Decision Analyses Applying Partial Order Methodology</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/35">doi: 10.3390/standards2040035</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Lars Carlsen
		Rainer Bruggemann
		</p>
	<p>Multi-criteria decision analyses (MCDA) for prioritizations may be performed applying a variety of available software, e.g., methods such as Analytic Network Process (ANP) and Elimination Et Choice Translating Reality (ELECTRE III) as recently suggested by Kalifa et al. In addition to a data matrix, usually based on indicators and designed for describing the parts of the framework intended for the MCDA, these methods require input of a variety of other parameters that are not necessarily immediately obtainable. Often the indicators are simply combined by a weighted sum to obtain a ranking score, which is supposed to reflect the opinion of a multitude of stakeholders. A single ranking score facilitates the decision as a unique ordering is obtained; however, such a ranking score masks potential conflicts that are expressed by the values of the single indicators. Beyond hiding the inherent conflicts, the problem arises that the weights, needed for summing up the indicator values are difficult to obtain or are even controversially discussed. Here we show a procedure, which takes care of potential different weighting schemes but nevertheless does not mask any inherent conflicts. Two examples are given, one with a small (traffic) system and one with a pretty large data matrix (food sustainability). The results show how decisions can be facilitated even taking a multitude of stakeholder opinions into account although conflicts are not necessarily completely eliminated as demonstrated in the second case.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Combining Different Stakeholders&amp;amp;rsquo; Opinions in Multi-Criteria Decision Analyses Applying Partial Order Methodology</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Lars Carlsen</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Rainer Bruggemann</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards2040035</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2022-12-19</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2022-12-19</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>2</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>503</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards2040035</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/35</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/34">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 2, Pages 490-502: Employing Nanosafety Standards in a Nanomaterial Research Environment: Lessons Learned and Refinement Potential</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/34</link>
	<description>Extensive research is currently being conducted on nanotechnologies worldwide, and the applications of nanomaterials are continuously expanding. Given their unique intrinsic characteristics, such as their small size and increased reactivity, nanomaterials may pose an occupational, environmental or consumer hazard. Therefore, a highly important aspect of ensuring the sustainable use of nanotechnologies is the establishment of proper health and safety practices. The area of nanosafety research has produced significant outcomes the last decades, and many of these achievements have been reflected in the standardization field. In this work, a discussion of prominent nanosafety standards (ISO/TS 12901-2:2014 and ISO/TR 12885:2018) is presented, based on the barriers faced during the endeavor to apply their principles within a research context. A critical viewpoint regarding their application is presented, and gaps faced in adapting the standards to the materials and processes applied are noted. Additionally, approaches that were followed to circumvent these gaps are also highlighted as suggestions to potentially overcome these barriers in future standardization efforts.</description>
	<pubDate>2022-12-01</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 2, Pages 490-502: Employing Nanosafety Standards in a Nanomaterial Research Environment: Lessons Learned and Refinement Potential</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/34">doi: 10.3390/standards2040034</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Ioannis Kokkinopoulos
		Panagiotis Karayannis
		Stratos Saliakas
		Spyridon Damilos
		Elias P. Koumoulos
		</p>
	<p>Extensive research is currently being conducted on nanotechnologies worldwide, and the applications of nanomaterials are continuously expanding. Given their unique intrinsic characteristics, such as their small size and increased reactivity, nanomaterials may pose an occupational, environmental or consumer hazard. Therefore, a highly important aspect of ensuring the sustainable use of nanotechnologies is the establishment of proper health and safety practices. The area of nanosafety research has produced significant outcomes the last decades, and many of these achievements have been reflected in the standardization field. In this work, a discussion of prominent nanosafety standards (ISO/TS 12901-2:2014 and ISO/TR 12885:2018) is presented, based on the barriers faced during the endeavor to apply their principles within a research context. A critical viewpoint regarding their application is presented, and gaps faced in adapting the standards to the materials and processes applied are noted. Additionally, approaches that were followed to circumvent these gaps are also highlighted as suggestions to potentially overcome these barriers in future standardization efforts.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Employing Nanosafety Standards in a Nanomaterial Research Environment: Lessons Learned and Refinement Potential</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Ioannis Kokkinopoulos</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Panagiotis Karayannis</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Stratos Saliakas</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Spyridon Damilos</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Elias P. Koumoulos</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards2040034</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2022-12-01</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2022-12-01</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>2</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>490</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards2040034</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/34</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/33">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 2, Pages 484-489: Updating Mothers within an Hour of Newborn&amp;rsquo;s Admission to Neonatal ICU</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/33</link>
	<description>Background: Patient satisfaction is tightly linked with healthcare quality and high-value care. Timely communication is important in attaining patient satisfaction. The aim of the study was to provide all delivering mothers an update within an hour of their newborn&amp;amp;rsquo;s admission to the neonatal intensive care unit (NICU). Methods: An educational module was developed with a PowerPoint presentation on the role of a timely update. The team, consisting of the neonatal nurse practitioners (NNP) and residents, were provided access to the presentation. After completing the presentation, they completed a questionnaire showing understanding. The principal investigator met with the mother after admissions to assess if she was updated within an hour of the admission of her baby to the NICU. Results: A total of 22 mothers participated in the study. Thirty-six percent of the mothers were updated within an hour of admission of their neonates to the NICU. The average time taken from admission to updating mothers was 5.75 &amp;amp;plusmn; 6.7 h. All mothers were satisfied with the explanation of the NICU staff. Conclusions: We noted a 100% satisfaction rate; however, we observed a low percentage of communication with the mother. The study provided the baseline data for the next PDSA cycle.</description>
	<pubDate>2022-11-17</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 2, Pages 484-489: Updating Mothers within an Hour of Newborn&amp;rsquo;s Admission to Neonatal ICU</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/33">doi: 10.3390/standards2040033</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Shabih Manzar
		</p>
	<p>Background: Patient satisfaction is tightly linked with healthcare quality and high-value care. Timely communication is important in attaining patient satisfaction. The aim of the study was to provide all delivering mothers an update within an hour of their newborn&amp;amp;rsquo;s admission to the neonatal intensive care unit (NICU). Methods: An educational module was developed with a PowerPoint presentation on the role of a timely update. The team, consisting of the neonatal nurse practitioners (NNP) and residents, were provided access to the presentation. After completing the presentation, they completed a questionnaire showing understanding. The principal investigator met with the mother after admissions to assess if she was updated within an hour of the admission of her baby to the NICU. Results: A total of 22 mothers participated in the study. Thirty-six percent of the mothers were updated within an hour of admission of their neonates to the NICU. The average time taken from admission to updating mothers was 5.75 &amp;amp;plusmn; 6.7 h. All mothers were satisfied with the explanation of the NICU staff. Conclusions: We noted a 100% satisfaction rate; however, we observed a low percentage of communication with the mother. The study provided the baseline data for the next PDSA cycle.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Updating Mothers within an Hour of Newborn&amp;amp;rsquo;s Admission to Neonatal ICU</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Shabih Manzar</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards2040033</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2022-11-17</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2022-11-17</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>2</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>484</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards2040033</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/33</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
        <item rdf:about="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/32">

	<title>Standards, Vol. 2, Pages 474-483: Observation of a Signal Suppressing Effect in a Binary Mixture of Glycol-Water Contamination in Engine Oil with Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectroscopy</title>
	<link>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/32</link>
	<description>An in-depth experimental study of the matrix effect of antifreeze (ethylene glycol) and water contamination of engine oil through FT-IR spectroscopy. With a comparison of the percent by volume concentration of contaminated fresh 15W-40 engine oil, there appeared to be a noticeable reduction in the O&amp;amp;ndash;H stretching signal in the infrared spectrum when ethylene glycol based antifreeze was included as a contaminant. The contaminants of distilled water, a 50/50 mixture of water and commercial ethylene glycol antifreeze, and straight ethylene glycol antifreeze were compared and a signal reduction in the O&amp;amp;ndash;H stretch was clearly evident when glycol was present. Doubling the volume of the 50/50 mixture as compared to water alone still resulted in a weaker O&amp;amp;ndash;H stretching signal. The possibility that this signal reduction was due to the larger ethylene glycol molecule having fewer O&amp;amp;ndash;H bonds in a given sample size was eliminated by comparing samples with the same number of O&amp;amp;ndash;H bonds per unit volume. The strong hydrogen bonding between that of water and glycol appeared to reduce the O&amp;amp;ndash;H stretching signal, even after comparing the different sample types at concentrations with the same number of O&amp;amp;ndash;H bonds per unit volume. Tukey&amp;amp;rsquo;s highly significant difference was used to show that samples of the 50/50 mixture and straight glycol were not reliably distinguishable from one another when comparing the same number of O&amp;amp;ndash;H bonds per unit volume but readily distinguishable from that of water as the lone contaminant.</description>
	<pubDate>2022-11-01</pubDate>

	<content:encoded><![CDATA[
	<p><b>Standards, Vol. 2, Pages 474-483: Observation of a Signal Suppressing Effect in a Binary Mixture of Glycol-Water Contamination in Engine Oil with Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectroscopy</b></p>
	<p>Standards <a href="https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/32">doi: 10.3390/standards2040032</a></p>
	<p>Authors:
		Torrey Holland
		Robinson Karunanithy
		Christopher Mandrell
		Ali Mazin Abdul-Munaim
		Dennis G. Watson
		Poopalasingam Sivakumar
		</p>
	<p>An in-depth experimental study of the matrix effect of antifreeze (ethylene glycol) and water contamination of engine oil through FT-IR spectroscopy. With a comparison of the percent by volume concentration of contaminated fresh 15W-40 engine oil, there appeared to be a noticeable reduction in the O&amp;amp;ndash;H stretching signal in the infrared spectrum when ethylene glycol based antifreeze was included as a contaminant. The contaminants of distilled water, a 50/50 mixture of water and commercial ethylene glycol antifreeze, and straight ethylene glycol antifreeze were compared and a signal reduction in the O&amp;amp;ndash;H stretch was clearly evident when glycol was present. Doubling the volume of the 50/50 mixture as compared to water alone still resulted in a weaker O&amp;amp;ndash;H stretching signal. The possibility that this signal reduction was due to the larger ethylene glycol molecule having fewer O&amp;amp;ndash;H bonds in a given sample size was eliminated by comparing samples with the same number of O&amp;amp;ndash;H bonds per unit volume. The strong hydrogen bonding between that of water and glycol appeared to reduce the O&amp;amp;ndash;H stretching signal, even after comparing the different sample types at concentrations with the same number of O&amp;amp;ndash;H bonds per unit volume. Tukey&amp;amp;rsquo;s highly significant difference was used to show that samples of the 50/50 mixture and straight glycol were not reliably distinguishable from one another when comparing the same number of O&amp;amp;ndash;H bonds per unit volume but readily distinguishable from that of water as the lone contaminant.</p>
	]]></content:encoded>

	<dc:title>Observation of a Signal Suppressing Effect in a Binary Mixture of Glycol-Water Contamination in Engine Oil with Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectroscopy</dc:title>
			<dc:creator>Torrey Holland</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Robinson Karunanithy</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Christopher Mandrell</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Ali Mazin Abdul-Munaim</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Dennis G. Watson</dc:creator>
			<dc:creator>Poopalasingam Sivakumar</dc:creator>
		<dc:identifier>doi: 10.3390/standards2040032</dc:identifier>
	<dc:source>Standards</dc:source>
	<dc:date>2022-11-01</dc:date>

	<prism:publicationName>Standards</prism:publicationName>
	<prism:publicationDate>2022-11-01</prism:publicationDate>
	<prism:volume>2</prism:volume>
	<prism:number>4</prism:number>
	<prism:section>Article</prism:section>
	<prism:startingPage>474</prism:startingPage>
		<prism:doi>10.3390/standards2040032</prism:doi>
	<prism:url>https://www.mdpi.com/2305-6703/2/4/32</prism:url>
	
	<cc:license rdf:resource="CC BY 4.0"/>
</item>
    
<cc:License rdf:about="https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/">
	<cc:permits rdf:resource="https://creativecommons.org/ns#Reproduction" />
	<cc:permits rdf:resource="https://creativecommons.org/ns#Distribution" />
	<cc:permits rdf:resource="https://creativecommons.org/ns#DerivativeWorks" />
</cc:License>

</rdf:RDF>
